Bug Summary

File:src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.cpp
Warning:line 1322, column 34
Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

clang -cc1 -cc1 -triple amd64-unknown-openbsd7.0 -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name LazyValueInfo.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -mrelocation-model pic -pic-level 1 -fhalf-no-semantic-interposition -mframe-pointer=all -relaxed-aliasing -fno-rounding-math -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -tune-cpu generic -debugger-tuning=gdb -fcoverage-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj -resource-dir /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/AMDGPU -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Analysis -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ASMParser -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/BinaryFormat -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Bitcode -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Bitcode -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Bitstream -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /include/llvm/CodeGen -I /include/llvm/CodeGen/PBQP -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/IR -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/IR -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/Coroutines -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ProfileData/Coverage -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/CodeView -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/DWARF -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/MSF -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/PDB -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Demangle -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine/JITLink -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine/Orc -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Frontend -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Frontend/OpenACC -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Frontend -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Frontend/OpenMP -I /include/llvm/CodeGen/GlobalISel -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/IRReader -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/InstCombine -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/Transforms/InstCombine -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/LTO -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Linker -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/MC -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/MC/MCParser -I /include/llvm/CodeGen/MIRParser -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Object -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Option -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Passes -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ProfileData -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/Scalar -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ADT -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Support -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/DebugInfo/Symbolize -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Target -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/Vectorize -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include/llvm/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Target/X86 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj/../include -D NDEBUG -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D LLVM_PREFIX="/usr" -D PIC -internal-isystem /usr/include/c++/v1 -internal-isystem /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/obj -ferror-limit 19 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -fwrapv -D_RET_PROTECTOR -ret-protector -fno-rtti -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -fno-builtin-malloc -fno-builtin-calloc -fno-builtin-realloc -fno-builtin-valloc -fno-builtin-free -fno-builtin-strdup -fno-builtin-strndup -analyzer-output=html -faddrsig -D__GCC_HAVE_DWARF2_CFI_ASM=1 -o /home/ben/Projects/vmm/scan-build/2022-01-12-194120-40624-1 -x c++ /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.cpp

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/lib/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.cpp

1//===- LazyValueInfo.cpp - Value constraint analysis ------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file defines the interface for lazy computation of value constraint
10// information.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "llvm/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.h"
15#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
16#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
17#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
18#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
19#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
20#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
21#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
22#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueLattice.h"
23#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
24#include "llvm/IR/AssemblyAnnotationWriter.h"
25#include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
27#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
28#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
29#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
30#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
31#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
32#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
33#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
34#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
35#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
36#include "llvm/InitializePasses.h"
37#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
38#include "llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h"
39#include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
40#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
41#include <map>
42using namespace llvm;
43using namespace PatternMatch;
44
45#define DEBUG_TYPE"lazy-value-info" "lazy-value-info"
46
47// This is the number of worklist items we will process to try to discover an
48// answer for a given value.
49static const unsigned MaxProcessedPerValue = 500;
50
51char LazyValueInfoWrapperPass::ID = 0;
52LazyValueInfoWrapperPass::LazyValueInfoWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
53 initializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
54}
55INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(LazyValueInfoWrapperPass, "lazy-value-info",static void *initializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPassOnce(PassRegistry
&Registry) {
56 "Lazy Value Information Analysis", false, true)static void *initializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPassOnce(PassRegistry
&Registry) {
57INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)initializeAssumptionCacheTrackerPass(Registry);
58INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)initializeTargetLibraryInfoWrapperPassPass(Registry);
59INITIALIZE_PASS_END(LazyValueInfoWrapperPass, "lazy-value-info",PassInfo *PI = new PassInfo( "Lazy Value Information Analysis"
, "lazy-value-info", &LazyValueInfoWrapperPass::ID, PassInfo
::NormalCtor_t(callDefaultCtor<LazyValueInfoWrapperPass>
), false, true); Registry.registerPass(*PI, true); return PI;
} static llvm::once_flag InitializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPassFlag
; void llvm::initializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPass(PassRegistry
&Registry) { llvm::call_once(InitializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPassFlag
, initializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPassOnce, std::ref(Registry
)); }
60 "Lazy Value Information Analysis", false, true)PassInfo *PI = new PassInfo( "Lazy Value Information Analysis"
, "lazy-value-info", &LazyValueInfoWrapperPass::ID, PassInfo
::NormalCtor_t(callDefaultCtor<LazyValueInfoWrapperPass>
), false, true); Registry.registerPass(*PI, true); return PI;
} static llvm::once_flag InitializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPassFlag
; void llvm::initializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPass(PassRegistry
&Registry) { llvm::call_once(InitializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPassFlag
, initializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPassOnce, std::ref(Registry
)); }
61
62namespace llvm {
63 FunctionPass *createLazyValueInfoPass() { return new LazyValueInfoWrapperPass(); }
64}
65
66AnalysisKey LazyValueAnalysis::Key;
67
68/// Returns true if this lattice value represents at most one possible value.
69/// This is as precise as any lattice value can get while still representing
70/// reachable code.
71static bool hasSingleValue(const ValueLatticeElement &Val) {
72 if (Val.isConstantRange() &&
73 Val.getConstantRange().isSingleElement())
74 // Integer constants are single element ranges
75 return true;
76 if (Val.isConstant())
77 // Non integer constants
78 return true;
79 return false;
80}
81
82/// Combine two sets of facts about the same value into a single set of
83/// facts. Note that this method is not suitable for merging facts along
84/// different paths in a CFG; that's what the mergeIn function is for. This
85/// is for merging facts gathered about the same value at the same location
86/// through two independent means.
87/// Notes:
88/// * This method does not promise to return the most precise possible lattice
89/// value implied by A and B. It is allowed to return any lattice element
90/// which is at least as strong as *either* A or B (unless our facts
91/// conflict, see below).
92/// * Due to unreachable code, the intersection of two lattice values could be
93/// contradictory. If this happens, we return some valid lattice value so as
94/// not confuse the rest of LVI. Ideally, we'd always return Undefined, but
95/// we do not make this guarantee. TODO: This would be a useful enhancement.
96static ValueLatticeElement intersect(const ValueLatticeElement &A,
97 const ValueLatticeElement &B) {
98 // Undefined is the strongest state. It means the value is known to be along
99 // an unreachable path.
100 if (A.isUnknown())
101 return A;
102 if (B.isUnknown())
103 return B;
104
105 // If we gave up for one, but got a useable fact from the other, use it.
106 if (A.isOverdefined())
107 return B;
108 if (B.isOverdefined())
109 return A;
110
111 // Can't get any more precise than constants.
112 if (hasSingleValue(A))
113 return A;
114 if (hasSingleValue(B))
115 return B;
116
117 // Could be either constant range or not constant here.
118 if (!A.isConstantRange() || !B.isConstantRange()) {
119 // TODO: Arbitrary choice, could be improved
120 return A;
121 }
122
123 // Intersect two constant ranges
124 ConstantRange Range =
125 A.getConstantRange().intersectWith(B.getConstantRange());
126 // Note: An empty range is implicitly converted to unknown or undef depending
127 // on MayIncludeUndef internally.
128 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(
129 std::move(Range), /*MayIncludeUndef=*/A.isConstantRangeIncludingUndef() |
130 B.isConstantRangeIncludingUndef());
131}
132
133//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
134// LazyValueInfoCache Decl
135//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
136
137namespace {
138 /// A callback value handle updates the cache when values are erased.
139 class LazyValueInfoCache;
140 struct LVIValueHandle final : public CallbackVH {
141 LazyValueInfoCache *Parent;
142
143 LVIValueHandle(Value *V, LazyValueInfoCache *P = nullptr)
144 : CallbackVH(V), Parent(P) { }
145
146 void deleted() override;
147 void allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) override {
148 deleted();
149 }
150 };
151} // end anonymous namespace
152
153namespace {
154 using NonNullPointerSet = SmallDenseSet<AssertingVH<Value>, 2>;
155
156 /// This is the cache kept by LazyValueInfo which
157 /// maintains information about queries across the clients' queries.
158 class LazyValueInfoCache {
159 /// This is all of the cached information for one basic block. It contains
160 /// the per-value lattice elements, as well as a separate set for
161 /// overdefined values to reduce memory usage. Additionally pointers
162 /// dereferenced in the block are cached for nullability queries.
163 struct BlockCacheEntry {
164 SmallDenseMap<AssertingVH<Value>, ValueLatticeElement, 4> LatticeElements;
165 SmallDenseSet<AssertingVH<Value>, 4> OverDefined;
166 // None indicates that the nonnull pointers for this basic block
167 // block have not been computed yet.
168 Optional<NonNullPointerSet> NonNullPointers;
169 };
170
171 /// Cached information per basic block.
172 DenseMap<PoisoningVH<BasicBlock>, std::unique_ptr<BlockCacheEntry>>
173 BlockCache;
174 /// Set of value handles used to erase values from the cache on deletion.
175 DenseSet<LVIValueHandle, DenseMapInfo<Value *>> ValueHandles;
176
177 const BlockCacheEntry *getBlockEntry(BasicBlock *BB) const {
178 auto It = BlockCache.find_as(BB);
179 if (It == BlockCache.end())
180 return nullptr;
181 return It->second.get();
182 }
183
184 BlockCacheEntry *getOrCreateBlockEntry(BasicBlock *BB) {
185 auto It = BlockCache.find_as(BB);
186 if (It == BlockCache.end())
187 It = BlockCache.insert({ BB, std::make_unique<BlockCacheEntry>() })
188 .first;
189
190 return It->second.get();
191 }
192
193 void addValueHandle(Value *Val) {
194 auto HandleIt = ValueHandles.find_as(Val);
195 if (HandleIt == ValueHandles.end())
196 ValueHandles.insert({ Val, this });
197 }
198
199 public:
200 void insertResult(Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB,
201 const ValueLatticeElement &Result) {
202 BlockCacheEntry *Entry = getOrCreateBlockEntry(BB);
203
204 // Insert over-defined values into their own cache to reduce memory
205 // overhead.
206 if (Result.isOverdefined())
207 Entry->OverDefined.insert(Val);
208 else
209 Entry->LatticeElements.insert({ Val, Result });
210
211 addValueHandle(Val);
212 }
213
214 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> getCachedValueInfo(Value *V,
215 BasicBlock *BB) const {
216 const BlockCacheEntry *Entry = getBlockEntry(BB);
217 if (!Entry)
218 return None;
219
220 if (Entry->OverDefined.count(V))
221 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
222
223 auto LatticeIt = Entry->LatticeElements.find_as(V);
224 if (LatticeIt == Entry->LatticeElements.end())
225 return None;
226
227 return LatticeIt->second;
228 }
229
230 bool isNonNullAtEndOfBlock(
231 Value *V, BasicBlock *BB,
232 function_ref<NonNullPointerSet(BasicBlock *)> InitFn) {
233 BlockCacheEntry *Entry = getOrCreateBlockEntry(BB);
234 if (!Entry->NonNullPointers) {
235 Entry->NonNullPointers = InitFn(BB);
236 for (Value *V : *Entry->NonNullPointers)
237 addValueHandle(V);
238 }
239
240 return Entry->NonNullPointers->count(V);
241 }
242
243 /// clear - Empty the cache.
244 void clear() {
245 BlockCache.clear();
246 ValueHandles.clear();
247 }
248
249 /// Inform the cache that a given value has been deleted.
250 void eraseValue(Value *V);
251
252 /// This is part of the update interface to inform the cache
253 /// that a block has been deleted.
254 void eraseBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
255
256 /// Updates the cache to remove any influence an overdefined value in
257 /// OldSucc might have (unless also overdefined in NewSucc). This just
258 /// flushes elements from the cache and does not add any.
259 void threadEdgeImpl(BasicBlock *OldSucc,BasicBlock *NewSucc);
260 };
261}
262
263void LazyValueInfoCache::eraseValue(Value *V) {
264 for (auto &Pair : BlockCache) {
265 Pair.second->LatticeElements.erase(V);
266 Pair.second->OverDefined.erase(V);
267 if (Pair.second->NonNullPointers)
268 Pair.second->NonNullPointers->erase(V);
269 }
270
271 auto HandleIt = ValueHandles.find_as(V);
272 if (HandleIt != ValueHandles.end())
273 ValueHandles.erase(HandleIt);
274}
275
276void LVIValueHandle::deleted() {
277 // This erasure deallocates *this, so it MUST happen after we're done
278 // using any and all members of *this.
279 Parent->eraseValue(*this);
280}
281
282void LazyValueInfoCache::eraseBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
283 BlockCache.erase(BB);
284}
285
286void LazyValueInfoCache::threadEdgeImpl(BasicBlock *OldSucc,
287 BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
288 // When an edge in the graph has been threaded, values that we could not
289 // determine a value for before (i.e. were marked overdefined) may be
290 // possible to solve now. We do NOT try to proactively update these values.
291 // Instead, we clear their entries from the cache, and allow lazy updating to
292 // recompute them when needed.
293
294 // The updating process is fairly simple: we need to drop cached info
295 // for all values that were marked overdefined in OldSucc, and for those same
296 // values in any successor of OldSucc (except NewSucc) in which they were
297 // also marked overdefined.
298 std::vector<BasicBlock*> worklist;
299 worklist.push_back(OldSucc);
300
301 const BlockCacheEntry *Entry = getBlockEntry(OldSucc);
302 if (!Entry || Entry->OverDefined.empty())
303 return; // Nothing to process here.
304 SmallVector<Value *, 4> ValsToClear(Entry->OverDefined.begin(),
305 Entry->OverDefined.end());
306
307 // Use a worklist to perform a depth-first search of OldSucc's successors.
308 // NOTE: We do not need a visited list since any blocks we have already
309 // visited will have had their overdefined markers cleared already, and we
310 // thus won't loop to their successors.
311 while (!worklist.empty()) {
312 BasicBlock *ToUpdate = worklist.back();
313 worklist.pop_back();
314
315 // Skip blocks only accessible through NewSucc.
316 if (ToUpdate == NewSucc) continue;
317
318 // If a value was marked overdefined in OldSucc, and is here too...
319 auto OI = BlockCache.find_as(ToUpdate);
320 if (OI == BlockCache.end() || OI->second->OverDefined.empty())
321 continue;
322 auto &ValueSet = OI->second->OverDefined;
323
324 bool changed = false;
325 for (Value *V : ValsToClear) {
326 if (!ValueSet.erase(V))
327 continue;
328
329 // If we removed anything, then we potentially need to update
330 // blocks successors too.
331 changed = true;
332 }
333
334 if (!changed) continue;
335
336 llvm::append_range(worklist, successors(ToUpdate));
337 }
338}
339
340
341namespace {
342/// An assembly annotator class to print LazyValueCache information in
343/// comments.
344class LazyValueInfoImpl;
345class LazyValueInfoAnnotatedWriter : public AssemblyAnnotationWriter {
346 LazyValueInfoImpl *LVIImpl;
347 // While analyzing which blocks we can solve values for, we need the dominator
348 // information.
349 DominatorTree &DT;
350
351public:
352 LazyValueInfoAnnotatedWriter(LazyValueInfoImpl *L, DominatorTree &DTree)
353 : LVIImpl(L), DT(DTree) {}
354
355 void emitBasicBlockStartAnnot(const BasicBlock *BB,
356 formatted_raw_ostream &OS) override;
357
358 void emitInstructionAnnot(const Instruction *I,
359 formatted_raw_ostream &OS) override;
360};
361}
362namespace {
363// The actual implementation of the lazy analysis and update. Note that the
364// inheritance from LazyValueInfoCache is intended to be temporary while
365// splitting the code and then transitioning to a has-a relationship.
366class LazyValueInfoImpl {
367
368 /// Cached results from previous queries
369 LazyValueInfoCache TheCache;
370
371 /// This stack holds the state of the value solver during a query.
372 /// It basically emulates the callstack of the naive
373 /// recursive value lookup process.
374 SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock*, Value*>, 8> BlockValueStack;
375
376 /// Keeps track of which block-value pairs are in BlockValueStack.
377 DenseSet<std::pair<BasicBlock*, Value*> > BlockValueSet;
378
379 /// Push BV onto BlockValueStack unless it's already in there.
380 /// Returns true on success.
381 bool pushBlockValue(const std::pair<BasicBlock *, Value *> &BV) {
382 if (!BlockValueSet.insert(BV).second)
383 return false; // It's already in the stack.
384
385 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "PUSH: " << *BV.second << " in "do { } while (false)
386 << BV.first->getName() << "\n")do { } while (false);
387 BlockValueStack.push_back(BV);
388 return true;
389 }
390
391 AssumptionCache *AC; ///< A pointer to the cache of @llvm.assume calls.
392 const DataLayout &DL; ///< A mandatory DataLayout
393
394 /// Declaration of the llvm.experimental.guard() intrinsic,
395 /// if it exists in the module.
396 Function *GuardDecl;
397
398 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> getBlockValue(Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB);
399 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> getEdgeValue(Value *V, BasicBlock *F,
400 BasicBlock *T, Instruction *CxtI = nullptr);
401
402 // These methods process one work item and may add more. A false value
403 // returned means that the work item was not completely processed and must
404 // be revisited after going through the new items.
405 bool solveBlockValue(Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB);
406 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValueImpl(Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB);
407 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValueNonLocal(Value *Val,
408 BasicBlock *BB);
409 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValuePHINode(PHINode *PN,
410 BasicBlock *BB);
411 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValueSelect(SelectInst *S,
412 BasicBlock *BB);
413 Optional<ConstantRange> getRangeFor(Value *V, Instruction *CxtI,
414 BasicBlock *BB);
415 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValueBinaryOpImpl(
416 Instruction *I, BasicBlock *BB,
417 std::function<ConstantRange(const ConstantRange &,
418 const ConstantRange &)> OpFn);
419 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValueBinaryOp(BinaryOperator *BBI,
420 BasicBlock *BB);
421 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValueCast(CastInst *CI,
422 BasicBlock *BB);
423 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValueOverflowIntrinsic(
424 WithOverflowInst *WO, BasicBlock *BB);
425 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValueIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst *II,
426 BasicBlock *BB);
427 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> solveBlockValueExtractValue(
428 ExtractValueInst *EVI, BasicBlock *BB);
429 bool isNonNullAtEndOfBlock(Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB);
430 void intersectAssumeOrGuardBlockValueConstantRange(Value *Val,
431 ValueLatticeElement &BBLV,
432 Instruction *BBI);
433
434 void solve();
435
436public:
437 /// This is the query interface to determine the lattice value for the
438 /// specified Value* at the context instruction (if specified) or at the
439 /// start of the block.
440 ValueLatticeElement getValueInBlock(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB,
441 Instruction *CxtI = nullptr);
442
443 /// This is the query interface to determine the lattice value for the
444 /// specified Value* at the specified instruction using only information
445 /// from assumes/guards and range metadata. Unlike getValueInBlock(), no
446 /// recursive query is performed.
447 ValueLatticeElement getValueAt(Value *V, Instruction *CxtI);
448
449 /// This is the query interface to determine the lattice
450 /// value for the specified Value* that is true on the specified edge.
451 ValueLatticeElement getValueOnEdge(Value *V, BasicBlock *FromBB,
452 BasicBlock *ToBB,
453 Instruction *CxtI = nullptr);
454
455 /// Complete flush all previously computed values
456 void clear() {
457 TheCache.clear();
458 }
459
460 /// Printing the LazyValueInfo Analysis.
461 void printLVI(Function &F, DominatorTree &DTree, raw_ostream &OS) {
462 LazyValueInfoAnnotatedWriter Writer(this, DTree);
463 F.print(OS, &Writer);
464 }
465
466 /// This is part of the update interface to inform the cache
467 /// that a block has been deleted.
468 void eraseBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
469 TheCache.eraseBlock(BB);
470 }
471
472 /// This is the update interface to inform the cache that an edge from
473 /// PredBB to OldSucc has been threaded to be from PredBB to NewSucc.
474 void threadEdge(BasicBlock *PredBB,BasicBlock *OldSucc,BasicBlock *NewSucc);
475
476 LazyValueInfoImpl(AssumptionCache *AC, const DataLayout &DL,
477 Function *GuardDecl)
478 : AC(AC), DL(DL), GuardDecl(GuardDecl) {}
479};
480} // end anonymous namespace
481
482
483void LazyValueInfoImpl::solve() {
484 SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, Value *>, 8> StartingStack(
485 BlockValueStack.begin(), BlockValueStack.end());
486
487 unsigned processedCount = 0;
488 while (!BlockValueStack.empty()) {
489 processedCount++;
490 // Abort if we have to process too many values to get a result for this one.
491 // Because of the design of the overdefined cache currently being per-block
492 // to avoid naming-related issues (IE it wants to try to give different
493 // results for the same name in different blocks), overdefined results don't
494 // get cached globally, which in turn means we will often try to rediscover
495 // the same overdefined result again and again. Once something like
496 // PredicateInfo is used in LVI or CVP, we should be able to make the
497 // overdefined cache global, and remove this throttle.
498 if (processedCount > MaxProcessedPerValue) {
499 LLVM_DEBUG(do { } while (false)
500 dbgs() << "Giving up on stack because we are getting too deep\n")do { } while (false);
501 // Fill in the original values
502 while (!StartingStack.empty()) {
503 std::pair<BasicBlock *, Value *> &e = StartingStack.back();
504 TheCache.insertResult(e.second, e.first,
505 ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined());
506 StartingStack.pop_back();
507 }
508 BlockValueSet.clear();
509 BlockValueStack.clear();
510 return;
511 }
512 std::pair<BasicBlock *, Value *> e = BlockValueStack.back();
513 assert(BlockValueSet.count(e) && "Stack value should be in BlockValueSet!")((void)0);
514
515 if (solveBlockValue(e.second, e.first)) {
516 // The work item was completely processed.
517 assert(BlockValueStack.back() == e && "Nothing should have been pushed!")((void)0);
518#ifndef NDEBUG1
519 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> BBLV =
520 TheCache.getCachedValueInfo(e.second, e.first);
521 assert(BBLV && "Result should be in cache!")((void)0);
522 LLVM_DEBUG(do { } while (false)
523 dbgs() << "POP " << *e.second << " in " << e.first->getName() << " = "do { } while (false)
524 << *BBLV << "\n")do { } while (false);
525#endif
526
527 BlockValueStack.pop_back();
528 BlockValueSet.erase(e);
529 } else {
530 // More work needs to be done before revisiting.
531 assert(BlockValueStack.back() != e && "Stack should have been pushed!")((void)0);
532 }
533 }
534}
535
536Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::getBlockValue(Value *Val,
537 BasicBlock *BB) {
538 // If already a constant, there is nothing to compute.
539 if (Constant *VC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Val))
540 return ValueLatticeElement::get(VC);
541
542 if (Optional<ValueLatticeElement> OptLatticeVal =
543 TheCache.getCachedValueInfo(Val, BB))
544 return OptLatticeVal;
545
546 // We have hit a cycle, assume overdefined.
547 if (!pushBlockValue({ BB, Val }))
548 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
549
550 // Yet to be resolved.
551 return None;
552}
553
554static ValueLatticeElement getFromRangeMetadata(Instruction *BBI) {
555 switch (BBI->getOpcode()) {
556 default: break;
557 case Instruction::Load:
558 case Instruction::Call:
559 case Instruction::Invoke:
560 if (MDNode *Ranges = BBI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
561 if (isa<IntegerType>(BBI->getType())) {
562 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(
563 getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*Ranges));
564 }
565 break;
566 };
567 // Nothing known - will be intersected with other facts
568 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
569}
570
571bool LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValue(Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB) {
572 assert(!isa<Constant>(Val) && "Value should not be constant")((void)0);
573 assert(!TheCache.getCachedValueInfo(Val, BB) &&((void)0)
574 "Value should not be in cache")((void)0);
575
576 // Hold off inserting this value into the Cache in case we have to return
577 // false and come back later.
578 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> Res = solveBlockValueImpl(Val, BB);
579 if (!Res)
580 // Work pushed, will revisit
581 return false;
582
583 TheCache.insertResult(Val, BB, *Res);
584 return true;
585}
586
587Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValueImpl(
588 Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB) {
589 Instruction *BBI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val);
590 if (!BBI || BBI->getParent() != BB)
591 return solveBlockValueNonLocal(Val, BB);
592
593 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BBI))
594 return solveBlockValuePHINode(PN, BB);
595
596 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(BBI))
597 return solveBlockValueSelect(SI, BB);
598
599 // If this value is a nonnull pointer, record it's range and bailout. Note
600 // that for all other pointer typed values, we terminate the search at the
601 // definition. We could easily extend this to look through geps, bitcasts,
602 // and the like to prove non-nullness, but it's not clear that's worth it
603 // compile time wise. The context-insensitive value walk done inside
604 // isKnownNonZero gets most of the profitable cases at much less expense.
605 // This does mean that we have a sensitivity to where the defining
606 // instruction is placed, even if it could legally be hoisted much higher.
607 // That is unfortunate.
608 PointerType *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(BBI->getType());
609 if (PT && isKnownNonZero(BBI, DL))
610 return ValueLatticeElement::getNot(ConstantPointerNull::get(PT));
611
612 if (BBI->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
613 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(BBI))
614 return solveBlockValueCast(CI, BB);
615
616 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BBI))
617 return solveBlockValueBinaryOp(BO, BB);
618
619 if (auto *EVI = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(BBI))
620 return solveBlockValueExtractValue(EVI, BB);
621
622 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BBI))
623 return solveBlockValueIntrinsic(II, BB);
624 }
625
626 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " compute BB '" << BB->getName()do { } while (false)
627 << "' - unknown inst def found.\n")do { } while (false);
628 return getFromRangeMetadata(BBI);
629}
630
631static void AddNonNullPointer(Value *Ptr, NonNullPointerSet &PtrSet) {
632 // TODO: Use NullPointerIsDefined instead.
633 if (Ptr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace() == 0)
634 PtrSet.insert(getUnderlyingObject(Ptr));
635}
636
637static void AddNonNullPointersByInstruction(
638 Instruction *I, NonNullPointerSet &PtrSet) {
639 if (LoadInst *L = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
640 AddNonNullPointer(L->getPointerOperand(), PtrSet);
641 } else if (StoreInst *S = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
642 AddNonNullPointer(S->getPointerOperand(), PtrSet);
643 } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(I)) {
644 if (MI->isVolatile()) return;
645
646 // FIXME: check whether it has a valuerange that excludes zero?
647 ConstantInt *Len = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength());
648 if (!Len || Len->isZero()) return;
649
650 AddNonNullPointer(MI->getRawDest(), PtrSet);
651 if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI))
652 AddNonNullPointer(MTI->getRawSource(), PtrSet);
653 }
654}
655
656bool LazyValueInfoImpl::isNonNullAtEndOfBlock(Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB) {
657 if (NullPointerIsDefined(BB->getParent(),
658 Val->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()))
659 return false;
660
661 Val = Val->stripInBoundsOffsets();
662 return TheCache.isNonNullAtEndOfBlock(Val, BB, [](BasicBlock *BB) {
663 NonNullPointerSet NonNullPointers;
664 for (Instruction &I : *BB)
665 AddNonNullPointersByInstruction(&I, NonNullPointers);
666 return NonNullPointers;
667 });
668}
669
670Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValueNonLocal(
671 Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB) {
672 ValueLatticeElement Result; // Start Undefined.
673
674 // If this is the entry block, we must be asking about an argument. The
675 // value is overdefined.
676 if (BB->isEntryBlock()) {
677 assert(isa<Argument>(Val) && "Unknown live-in to the entry block")((void)0);
678 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
679 }
680
681 // Loop over all of our predecessors, merging what we know from them into
682 // result. If we encounter an unexplored predecessor, we eagerly explore it
683 // in a depth first manner. In practice, this has the effect of discovering
684 // paths we can't analyze eagerly without spending compile times analyzing
685 // other paths. This heuristic benefits from the fact that predecessors are
686 // frequently arranged such that dominating ones come first and we quickly
687 // find a path to function entry. TODO: We should consider explicitly
688 // canonicalizing to make this true rather than relying on this happy
689 // accident.
690 for (BasicBlock *Pred : predecessors(BB)) {
691 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> EdgeResult = getEdgeValue(Val, Pred, BB);
692 if (!EdgeResult)
693 // Explore that input, then return here
694 return None;
695
696 Result.mergeIn(*EdgeResult);
697
698 // If we hit overdefined, exit early. The BlockVals entry is already set
699 // to overdefined.
700 if (Result.isOverdefined()) {
701 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " compute BB '" << BB->getName()do { } while (false)
702 << "' - overdefined because of pred (non local).\n")do { } while (false);
703 return Result;
704 }
705 }
706
707 // Return the merged value, which is more precise than 'overdefined'.
708 assert(!Result.isOverdefined())((void)0);
709 return Result;
710}
711
712Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValuePHINode(
713 PHINode *PN, BasicBlock *BB) {
714 ValueLatticeElement Result; // Start Undefined.
715
716 // Loop over all of our predecessors, merging what we know from them into
717 // result. See the comment about the chosen traversal order in
718 // solveBlockValueNonLocal; the same reasoning applies here.
719 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
720 BasicBlock *PhiBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
721 Value *PhiVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
722 // Note that we can provide PN as the context value to getEdgeValue, even
723 // though the results will be cached, because PN is the value being used as
724 // the cache key in the caller.
725 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> EdgeResult =
726 getEdgeValue(PhiVal, PhiBB, BB, PN);
727 if (!EdgeResult)
728 // Explore that input, then return here
729 return None;
730
731 Result.mergeIn(*EdgeResult);
732
733 // If we hit overdefined, exit early. The BlockVals entry is already set
734 // to overdefined.
735 if (Result.isOverdefined()) {
736 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " compute BB '" << BB->getName()do { } while (false)
737 << "' - overdefined because of pred (local).\n")do { } while (false);
738
739 return Result;
740 }
741 }
742
743 // Return the merged value, which is more precise than 'overdefined'.
744 assert(!Result.isOverdefined() && "Possible PHI in entry block?")((void)0);
745 return Result;
746}
747
748static ValueLatticeElement getValueFromCondition(Value *Val, Value *Cond,
749 bool isTrueDest = true);
750
751// If we can determine a constraint on the value given conditions assumed by
752// the program, intersect those constraints with BBLV
753void LazyValueInfoImpl::intersectAssumeOrGuardBlockValueConstantRange(
754 Value *Val, ValueLatticeElement &BBLV, Instruction *BBI) {
755 BBI = BBI ? BBI : dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val);
756 if (!BBI)
757 return;
758
759 BasicBlock *BB = BBI->getParent();
760 for (auto &AssumeVH : AC->assumptionsFor(Val)) {
761 if (!AssumeVH)
762 continue;
763
764 // Only check assumes in the block of the context instruction. Other
765 // assumes will have already been taken into account when the value was
766 // propagated from predecessor blocks.
767 auto *I = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
768 if (I->getParent() != BB || !isValidAssumeForContext(I, BBI))
769 continue;
770
771 BBLV = intersect(BBLV, getValueFromCondition(Val, I->getArgOperand(0)));
772 }
773
774 // If guards are not used in the module, don't spend time looking for them
775 if (GuardDecl && !GuardDecl->use_empty() &&
776 BBI->getIterator() != BB->begin()) {
777 for (Instruction &I : make_range(std::next(BBI->getIterator().getReverse()),
778 BB->rend())) {
779 Value *Cond = nullptr;
780 if (match(&I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>(m_Value(Cond))))
781 BBLV = intersect(BBLV, getValueFromCondition(Val, Cond));
782 }
783 }
784
785 if (BBLV.isOverdefined()) {
786 // Check whether we're checking at the terminator, and the pointer has
787 // been dereferenced in this block.
788 PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Val->getType());
789 if (PTy && BB->getTerminator() == BBI &&
790 isNonNullAtEndOfBlock(Val, BB))
791 BBLV = ValueLatticeElement::getNot(ConstantPointerNull::get(PTy));
792 }
793}
794
795Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValueSelect(
796 SelectInst *SI, BasicBlock *BB) {
797 // Recurse on our inputs if needed
798 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> OptTrueVal =
799 getBlockValue(SI->getTrueValue(), BB);
800 if (!OptTrueVal)
801 return None;
802 ValueLatticeElement &TrueVal = *OptTrueVal;
803
804 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> OptFalseVal =
805 getBlockValue(SI->getFalseValue(), BB);
806 if (!OptFalseVal)
807 return None;
808 ValueLatticeElement &FalseVal = *OptFalseVal;
809
810 if (TrueVal.isConstantRange() && FalseVal.isConstantRange()) {
811 const ConstantRange &TrueCR = TrueVal.getConstantRange();
812 const ConstantRange &FalseCR = FalseVal.getConstantRange();
813 Value *LHS = nullptr;
814 Value *RHS = nullptr;
815 SelectPatternResult SPR = matchSelectPattern(SI, LHS, RHS);
816 // Is this a min specifically of our two inputs? (Avoid the risk of
817 // ValueTracking getting smarter looking back past our immediate inputs.)
818 if (SelectPatternResult::isMinOrMax(SPR.Flavor) &&
819 LHS == SI->getTrueValue() && RHS == SI->getFalseValue()) {
820 ConstantRange ResultCR = [&]() {
821 switch (SPR.Flavor) {
822 default:
823 llvm_unreachable("unexpected minmax type!")__builtin_unreachable();
824 case SPF_SMIN: /// Signed minimum
825 return TrueCR.smin(FalseCR);
826 case SPF_UMIN: /// Unsigned minimum
827 return TrueCR.umin(FalseCR);
828 case SPF_SMAX: /// Signed maximum
829 return TrueCR.smax(FalseCR);
830 case SPF_UMAX: /// Unsigned maximum
831 return TrueCR.umax(FalseCR);
832 };
833 }();
834 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(
835 ResultCR, TrueVal.isConstantRangeIncludingUndef() |
836 FalseVal.isConstantRangeIncludingUndef());
837 }
838
839 if (SPR.Flavor == SPF_ABS) {
840 if (LHS == SI->getTrueValue())
841 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(
842 TrueCR.abs(), TrueVal.isConstantRangeIncludingUndef());
843 if (LHS == SI->getFalseValue())
844 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(
845 FalseCR.abs(), FalseVal.isConstantRangeIncludingUndef());
846 }
847
848 if (SPR.Flavor == SPF_NABS) {
849 ConstantRange Zero(APInt::getNullValue(TrueCR.getBitWidth()));
850 if (LHS == SI->getTrueValue())
851 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(
852 Zero.sub(TrueCR.abs()), FalseVal.isConstantRangeIncludingUndef());
853 if (LHS == SI->getFalseValue())
854 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(
855 Zero.sub(FalseCR.abs()), FalseVal.isConstantRangeIncludingUndef());
856 }
857 }
858
859 // Can we constrain the facts about the true and false values by using the
860 // condition itself? This shows up with idioms like e.g. select(a > 5, a, 5).
861 // TODO: We could potentially refine an overdefined true value above.
862 Value *Cond = SI->getCondition();
863 TrueVal = intersect(TrueVal,
864 getValueFromCondition(SI->getTrueValue(), Cond, true));
865 FalseVal = intersect(FalseVal,
866 getValueFromCondition(SI->getFalseValue(), Cond, false));
867
868 ValueLatticeElement Result = TrueVal;
869 Result.mergeIn(FalseVal);
870 return Result;
871}
872
873Optional<ConstantRange> LazyValueInfoImpl::getRangeFor(Value *V,
874 Instruction *CxtI,
875 BasicBlock *BB) {
876 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> OptVal = getBlockValue(V, BB);
877 if (!OptVal)
878 return None;
879
880 ValueLatticeElement &Val = *OptVal;
881 intersectAssumeOrGuardBlockValueConstantRange(V, Val, CxtI);
882 if (Val.isConstantRange())
883 return Val.getConstantRange();
884
885 const unsigned OperandBitWidth = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType());
886 return ConstantRange::getFull(OperandBitWidth);
887}
888
889Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValueCast(
890 CastInst *CI, BasicBlock *BB) {
891 // Without knowing how wide the input is, we can't analyze it in any useful
892 // way.
893 if (!CI->getOperand(0)->getType()->isSized())
894 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
895
896 // Filter out casts we don't know how to reason about before attempting to
897 // recurse on our operand. This can cut a long search short if we know we're
898 // not going to be able to get any useful information anways.
899 switch (CI->getOpcode()) {
900 case Instruction::Trunc:
901 case Instruction::SExt:
902 case Instruction::ZExt:
903 case Instruction::BitCast:
904 break;
905 default:
906 // Unhandled instructions are overdefined.
907 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " compute BB '" << BB->getName()do { } while (false)
908 << "' - overdefined (unknown cast).\n")do { } while (false);
909 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
910 }
911
912 // Figure out the range of the LHS. If that fails, we still apply the
913 // transfer rule on the full set since we may be able to locally infer
914 // interesting facts.
915 Optional<ConstantRange> LHSRes = getRangeFor(CI->getOperand(0), CI, BB);
916 if (!LHSRes.hasValue())
917 // More work to do before applying this transfer rule.
918 return None;
919 const ConstantRange &LHSRange = LHSRes.getValue();
920
921 const unsigned ResultBitWidth = CI->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
922
923 // NOTE: We're currently limited by the set of operations that ConstantRange
924 // can evaluate symbolically. Enhancing that set will allows us to analyze
925 // more definitions.
926 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(LHSRange.castOp(CI->getOpcode(),
927 ResultBitWidth));
928}
929
930Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValueBinaryOpImpl(
931 Instruction *I, BasicBlock *BB,
932 std::function<ConstantRange(const ConstantRange &,
933 const ConstantRange &)> OpFn) {
934 // Figure out the ranges of the operands. If that fails, use a
935 // conservative range, but apply the transfer rule anyways. This
936 // lets us pick up facts from expressions like "and i32 (call i32
937 // @foo()), 32"
938 Optional<ConstantRange> LHSRes = getRangeFor(I->getOperand(0), I, BB);
939 Optional<ConstantRange> RHSRes = getRangeFor(I->getOperand(1), I, BB);
940 if (!LHSRes.hasValue() || !RHSRes.hasValue())
941 // More work to do before applying this transfer rule.
942 return None;
943
944 const ConstantRange &LHSRange = LHSRes.getValue();
945 const ConstantRange &RHSRange = RHSRes.getValue();
946 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(OpFn(LHSRange, RHSRange));
947}
948
949Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValueBinaryOp(
950 BinaryOperator *BO, BasicBlock *BB) {
951 assert(BO->getOperand(0)->getType()->isSized() &&((void)0)
952 "all operands to binary operators are sized")((void)0);
953 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
954 // Xor is the only operation not supported by ConstantRange::binaryOp().
955 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " compute BB '" << BB->getName()do { } while (false)
956 << "' - overdefined (unknown binary operator).\n")do { } while (false);
957 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
958 }
959
960 if (auto *OBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(BO)) {
961 unsigned NoWrapKind = 0;
962 if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
963 NoWrapKind |= OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap;
964 if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap())
965 NoWrapKind |= OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap;
966
967 return solveBlockValueBinaryOpImpl(
968 BO, BB,
969 [BO, NoWrapKind](const ConstantRange &CR1, const ConstantRange &CR2) {
970 return CR1.overflowingBinaryOp(BO->getOpcode(), CR2, NoWrapKind);
971 });
972 }
973
974 return solveBlockValueBinaryOpImpl(
975 BO, BB, [BO](const ConstantRange &CR1, const ConstantRange &CR2) {
976 return CR1.binaryOp(BO->getOpcode(), CR2);
977 });
978}
979
980Optional<ValueLatticeElement>
981LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValueOverflowIntrinsic(WithOverflowInst *WO,
982 BasicBlock *BB) {
983 return solveBlockValueBinaryOpImpl(
984 WO, BB, [WO](const ConstantRange &CR1, const ConstantRange &CR2) {
985 return CR1.binaryOp(WO->getBinaryOp(), CR2);
986 });
987}
988
989Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValueIntrinsic(
990 IntrinsicInst *II, BasicBlock *BB) {
991 if (!ConstantRange::isIntrinsicSupported(II->getIntrinsicID())) {
992 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " compute BB '" << BB->getName()do { } while (false)
993 << "' - unknown intrinsic.\n")do { } while (false);
994 return getFromRangeMetadata(II);
995 }
996
997 SmallVector<ConstantRange, 2> OpRanges;
998 for (Value *Op : II->args()) {
999 Optional<ConstantRange> Range = getRangeFor(Op, II, BB);
1000 if (!Range)
1001 return None;
1002 OpRanges.push_back(*Range);
1003 }
1004
1005 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(
1006 ConstantRange::intrinsic(II->getIntrinsicID(), OpRanges));
1007}
1008
1009Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::solveBlockValueExtractValue(
1010 ExtractValueInst *EVI, BasicBlock *BB) {
1011 if (auto *WO = dyn_cast<WithOverflowInst>(EVI->getAggregateOperand()))
1012 if (EVI->getNumIndices() == 1 && *EVI->idx_begin() == 0)
1013 return solveBlockValueOverflowIntrinsic(WO, BB);
1014
1015 // Handle extractvalue of insertvalue to allow further simplification
1016 // based on replaced with.overflow intrinsics.
1017 if (Value *V = SimplifyExtractValueInst(
1018 EVI->getAggregateOperand(), EVI->getIndices(),
1019 EVI->getModule()->getDataLayout()))
1020 return getBlockValue(V, BB);
1021
1022 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " compute BB '" << BB->getName()do { } while (false)
1023 << "' - overdefined (unknown extractvalue).\n")do { } while (false);
1024 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
1025}
1026
1027static bool matchICmpOperand(APInt &Offset, Value *LHS, Value *Val,
1028 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
1029 if (LHS == Val)
1030 return true;
1031
1032 // Handle range checking idiom produced by InstCombine. We will subtract the
1033 // offset from the allowed range for RHS in this case.
1034 const APInt *C;
1035 if (match(LHS, m_Add(m_Specific(Val), m_APInt(C)))) {
1036 Offset = *C;
1037 return true;
1038 }
1039
1040 // Handle the symmetric case. This appears in saturation patterns like
1041 // (x == 16) ? 16 : (x + 1).
1042 if (match(Val, m_Add(m_Specific(LHS), m_APInt(C)))) {
1043 Offset = -*C;
1044 return true;
1045 }
1046
1047 // If (x | y) < C, then (x < C) && (y < C).
1048 if (match(LHS, m_c_Or(m_Specific(Val), m_Value())) &&
1049 (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE))
1050 return true;
1051
1052 // If (x & y) > C, then (x > C) && (y > C).
1053 if (match(LHS, m_c_And(m_Specific(Val), m_Value())) &&
1054 (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE))
1055 return true;
1056
1057 return false;
1058}
1059
1060/// Get value range for a "(Val + Offset) Pred RHS" condition.
1061static ValueLatticeElement getValueFromSimpleICmpCondition(
1062 CmpInst::Predicate Pred, Value *RHS, const APInt &Offset) {
1063 ConstantRange RHSRange(RHS->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth(),
1064 /*isFullSet=*/true);
1065 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS))
1066 RHSRange = ConstantRange(CI->getValue());
1067 else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS))
1068 if (auto *Ranges = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
1069 RHSRange = getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*Ranges);
1070
1071 ConstantRange TrueValues =
1072 ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(Pred, RHSRange);
1073 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(TrueValues.subtract(Offset));
1074}
1075
1076static ValueLatticeElement getValueFromICmpCondition(Value *Val, ICmpInst *ICI,
1077 bool isTrueDest) {
1078 Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
1079 Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
1080
1081 // Get the predicate that must hold along the considered edge.
1082 CmpInst::Predicate EdgePred =
1083 isTrueDest ? ICI->getPredicate() : ICI->getInversePredicate();
1084
1085 if (isa<Constant>(RHS)) {
1086 if (ICI->isEquality() && LHS == Val) {
1087 if (EdgePred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
1088 return ValueLatticeElement::get(cast<Constant>(RHS));
1089 else if (!isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
1090 return ValueLatticeElement::getNot(cast<Constant>(RHS));
1091 }
1092 }
1093
1094 Type *Ty = Val->getType();
1095 if (!Ty->isIntegerTy())
1096 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
1097
1098 APInt Offset(Ty->getScalarSizeInBits(), 0);
1099 if (matchICmpOperand(Offset, LHS, Val, EdgePred))
1100 return getValueFromSimpleICmpCondition(EdgePred, RHS, Offset);
1101
1102 CmpInst::Predicate SwappedPred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(EdgePred);
1103 if (matchICmpOperand(Offset, RHS, Val, SwappedPred))
1104 return getValueFromSimpleICmpCondition(SwappedPred, LHS, Offset);
1105
1106 const APInt *Mask, *C;
1107 if (match(LHS, m_And(m_Specific(Val), m_APInt(Mask))) &&
1108 match(RHS, m_APInt(C))) {
1109 // If (Val & Mask) == C then all the masked bits are known and we can
1110 // compute a value range based on that.
1111 if (EdgePred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) {
1112 KnownBits Known;
1113 Known.Zero = ~*C & *Mask;
1114 Known.One = *C & *Mask;
1115 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(
1116 ConstantRange::fromKnownBits(Known, /*IsSigned*/ false));
1117 }
1118 // If (Val & Mask) != 0 then the value must be larger than the lowest set
1119 // bit of Mask.
1120 if (EdgePred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && !Mask->isNullValue() &&
1121 C->isNullValue()) {
1122 unsigned BitWidth = Ty->getIntegerBitWidth();
1123 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(
1124 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, Mask->countTrailingZeros()),
1125 APInt::getNullValue(BitWidth)));
1126 }
1127 }
1128
1129 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
1130}
1131
1132// Handle conditions of the form
1133// extractvalue(op.with.overflow(%x, C), 1).
1134static ValueLatticeElement getValueFromOverflowCondition(
1135 Value *Val, WithOverflowInst *WO, bool IsTrueDest) {
1136 // TODO: This only works with a constant RHS for now. We could also compute
1137 // the range of the RHS, but this doesn't fit into the current structure of
1138 // the edge value calculation.
1139 const APInt *C;
1140 if (WO->getLHS() != Val || !match(WO->getRHS(), m_APInt(C)))
1141 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
1142
1143 // Calculate the possible values of %x for which no overflow occurs.
1144 ConstantRange NWR = ConstantRange::makeExactNoWrapRegion(
1145 WO->getBinaryOp(), *C, WO->getNoWrapKind());
1146
1147 // If overflow is false, %x is constrained to NWR. If overflow is true, %x is
1148 // constrained to it's inverse (all values that might cause overflow).
1149 if (IsTrueDest)
1150 NWR = NWR.inverse();
1151 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(NWR);
1152}
1153
1154static Optional<ValueLatticeElement>
1155getValueFromConditionImpl(Value *Val, Value *Cond, bool isTrueDest,
1156 bool isRevisit,
1157 SmallDenseMap<Value *, ValueLatticeElement> &Visited,
1158 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Worklist) {
1159 if (!isRevisit) {
1160 if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond))
1161 return getValueFromICmpCondition(Val, ICI, isTrueDest);
1162
1163 if (auto *EVI = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(Cond))
1164 if (auto *WO = dyn_cast<WithOverflowInst>(EVI->getAggregateOperand()))
1165 if (EVI->getNumIndices() == 1 && *EVI->idx_begin() == 1)
1166 return getValueFromOverflowCondition(Val, WO, isTrueDest);
1167 }
1168
1169 Value *L, *R;
1170 bool IsAnd;
1171 if (match(Cond, m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(L), m_Value(R))))
1172 IsAnd = true;
1173 else if (match(Cond, m_LogicalOr(m_Value(L), m_Value(R))))
1174 IsAnd = false;
1175 else
1176 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
1177
1178 auto LV = Visited.find(L);
1179 auto RV = Visited.find(R);
1180
1181 // if (L && R) -> intersect L and R
1182 // if (!(L || R)) -> intersect L and R
1183 // if (L || R) -> union L and R
1184 // if (!(L && R)) -> union L and R
1185 if ((isTrueDest ^ IsAnd) && (LV != Visited.end())) {
1186 ValueLatticeElement V = LV->second;
1187 if (V.isOverdefined())
1188 return V;
1189 if (RV != Visited.end()) {
1190 V.mergeIn(RV->second);
1191 return V;
1192 }
1193 }
1194
1195 if (LV == Visited.end() || RV == Visited.end()) {
1196 assert(!isRevisit)((void)0);
1197 if (LV == Visited.end())
1198 Worklist.push_back(L);
1199 if (RV == Visited.end())
1200 Worklist.push_back(R);
1201 return None;
1202 }
1203
1204 return intersect(LV->second, RV->second);
1205}
1206
1207ValueLatticeElement getValueFromCondition(Value *Val, Value *Cond,
1208 bool isTrueDest) {
1209 assert(Cond && "precondition")((void)0);
1210 SmallDenseMap<Value*, ValueLatticeElement> Visited;
1211 SmallVector<Value *> Worklist;
1212
1213 Worklist.push_back(Cond);
1214 do {
1215 Value *CurrentCond = Worklist.back();
1216 // Insert an Overdefined placeholder into the set to prevent
1217 // infinite recursion if there exists IRs that use not
1218 // dominated by its def as in this example:
1219 // "%tmp3 = or i1 undef, %tmp4"
1220 // "%tmp4 = or i1 undef, %tmp3"
1221 auto Iter =
1222 Visited.try_emplace(CurrentCond, ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined());
1223 bool isRevisit = !Iter.second;
1224 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> Result = getValueFromConditionImpl(
1225 Val, CurrentCond, isTrueDest, isRevisit, Visited, Worklist);
1226 if (Result) {
1227 Visited[CurrentCond] = *Result;
1228 Worklist.pop_back();
1229 }
1230 } while (!Worklist.empty());
1231
1232 auto Result = Visited.find(Cond);
1233 assert(Result != Visited.end())((void)0);
1234 return Result->second;
1235}
1236
1237// Return true if Usr has Op as an operand, otherwise false.
1238static bool usesOperand(User *Usr, Value *Op) {
1239 return is_contained(Usr->operands(), Op);
1240}
1241
1242// Return true if the instruction type of Val is supported by
1243// constantFoldUser(). Currently CastInst, BinaryOperator and FreezeInst only.
1244// Call this before calling constantFoldUser() to find out if it's even worth
1245// attempting to call it.
1246static bool isOperationFoldable(User *Usr) {
1247 return isa<CastInst>(Usr) || isa<BinaryOperator>(Usr) || isa<FreezeInst>(Usr);
1248}
1249
1250// Check if Usr can be simplified to an integer constant when the value of one
1251// of its operands Op is an integer constant OpConstVal. If so, return it as an
1252// lattice value range with a single element or otherwise return an overdefined
1253// lattice value.
1254static ValueLatticeElement constantFoldUser(User *Usr, Value *Op,
1255 const APInt &OpConstVal,
1256 const DataLayout &DL) {
1257 assert(isOperationFoldable(Usr) && "Precondition")((void)0);
1258 Constant* OpConst = Constant::getIntegerValue(Op->getType(), OpConstVal);
1259 // Check if Usr can be simplified to a constant.
1260 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Usr)) {
1261 assert(CI->getOperand(0) == Op && "Operand 0 isn't Op")((void)0);
1262 if (auto *C = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
1263 SimplifyCastInst(CI->getOpcode(), OpConst,
1264 CI->getDestTy(), DL))) {
1265 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(ConstantRange(C->getValue()));
1266 }
1267 } else if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Usr)) {
1268 bool Op0Match = BO->getOperand(0) == Op;
1269 bool Op1Match = BO->getOperand(1) == Op;
1270 assert((Op0Match || Op1Match) &&((void)0)
1271 "Operand 0 nor Operand 1 isn't a match")((void)0);
1272 Value *LHS = Op0Match ? OpConst : BO->getOperand(0);
1273 Value *RHS = Op1Match ? OpConst : BO->getOperand(1);
1274 if (auto *C = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
1275 SimplifyBinOp(BO->getOpcode(), LHS, RHS, DL))) {
1276 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(ConstantRange(C->getValue()));
1277 }
1278 } else if (isa<FreezeInst>(Usr)) {
1279 assert(cast<FreezeInst>(Usr)->getOperand(0) == Op && "Operand 0 isn't Op")((void)0);
1280 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(ConstantRange(OpConstVal));
1281 }
1282 return ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
1283}
1284
1285/// Compute the value of Val on the edge BBFrom -> BBTo. Returns false if
1286/// Val is not constrained on the edge. Result is unspecified if return value
1287/// is false.
1288static Optional<ValueLatticeElement> getEdgeValueLocal(Value *Val,
1289 BasicBlock *BBFrom,
1290 BasicBlock *BBTo) {
1291 // TODO: Handle more complex conditionals. If (v == 0 || v2 < 1) is false, we
1292 // know that v != 0.
1293 if (BranchInst *BI
38.1
'BI' is non-null
38.1
'BI' is non-null
38.1
'BI' is non-null
38.1
'BI' is non-null
= dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BBFrom->getTerminator())) {
38
Assuming the object is a 'BranchInst'
39
Taking true branch
1294 // If this is a conditional branch and only one successor goes to BBTo, then
1295 // we may be able to infer something from the condition.
1296 if (BI->isConditional() &&
40
Calling 'BranchInst::isConditional'
43
Returning from 'BranchInst::isConditional'
44
Taking true branch
1297 BI->getSuccessor(0) != BI->getSuccessor(1)) {
1298 bool isTrueDest = BI->getSuccessor(0) == BBTo;
45
Assuming pointer value is null
1299 assert(BI->getSuccessor(!isTrueDest) == BBTo &&((void)0)
1300 "BBTo isn't a successor of BBFrom")((void)0);
1301 Value *Condition = BI->getCondition();
1302
1303 // If V is the condition of the branch itself, then we know exactly what
1304 // it is.
1305 if (Condition == Val)
46
Assuming 'Condition' is not equal to 'Val'
47
Taking false branch
1306 return ValueLatticeElement::get(ConstantInt::get(
1307 Type::getInt1Ty(Val->getContext()), isTrueDest));
1308
1309 // If the condition of the branch is an equality comparison, we may be
1310 // able to infer the value.
1311 ValueLatticeElement Result = getValueFromCondition(Val, Condition,
1312 isTrueDest);
1313 if (!Result.isOverdefined())
48
Calling 'ValueLatticeElement::isOverdefined'
51
Returning from 'ValueLatticeElement::isOverdefined'
52
Taking false branch
1314 return Result;
1315
1316 if (User *Usr
53.1
'Usr' is non-null
53.1
'Usr' is non-null
53.1
'Usr' is non-null
53.1
'Usr' is non-null
= dyn_cast<User>(Val)) {
53
Assuming 'Val' is a 'User'
54
Taking true branch
1317 assert(Result.isOverdefined() && "Result isn't overdefined")((void)0);
1318 // Check with isOperationFoldable() first to avoid linearly iterating
1319 // over the operands unnecessarily which can be expensive for
1320 // instructions with many operands.
1321 if (isa<IntegerType>(Usr->getType()) && isOperationFoldable(Usr)) {
55
Assuming the object is a 'IntegerType'
56
Assuming the condition is true
57
Taking true branch
1322 const DataLayout &DL = BBTo->getModule()->getDataLayout();
58
Called C++ object pointer is null
1323 if (usesOperand(Usr, Condition)) {
1324 // If Val has Condition as an operand and Val can be folded into a
1325 // constant with either Condition == true or Condition == false,
1326 // propagate the constant.
1327 // eg.
1328 // ; %Val is true on the edge to %then.
1329 // %Val = and i1 %Condition, true.
1330 // br %Condition, label %then, label %else
1331 APInt ConditionVal(1, isTrueDest ? 1 : 0);
1332 Result = constantFoldUser(Usr, Condition, ConditionVal, DL);
1333 } else {
1334 // If one of Val's operand has an inferred value, we may be able to
1335 // infer the value of Val.
1336 // eg.
1337 // ; %Val is 94 on the edge to %then.
1338 // %Val = add i8 %Op, 1
1339 // %Condition = icmp eq i8 %Op, 93
1340 // br i1 %Condition, label %then, label %else
1341 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Usr->getNumOperands(); ++i) {
1342 Value *Op = Usr->getOperand(i);
1343 ValueLatticeElement OpLatticeVal =
1344 getValueFromCondition(Op, Condition, isTrueDest);
1345 if (Optional<APInt> OpConst = OpLatticeVal.asConstantInteger()) {
1346 Result = constantFoldUser(Usr, Op, OpConst.getValue(), DL);
1347 break;
1348 }
1349 }
1350 }
1351 }
1352 }
1353 if (!Result.isOverdefined())
1354 return Result;
1355 }
1356 }
1357
1358 // If the edge was formed by a switch on the value, then we may know exactly
1359 // what it is.
1360 if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(BBFrom->getTerminator())) {
1361 Value *Condition = SI->getCondition();
1362 if (!isa<IntegerType>(Val->getType()))
1363 return None;
1364 bool ValUsesConditionAndMayBeFoldable = false;
1365 if (Condition != Val) {
1366 // Check if Val has Condition as an operand.
1367 if (User *Usr = dyn_cast<User>(Val))
1368 ValUsesConditionAndMayBeFoldable = isOperationFoldable(Usr) &&
1369 usesOperand(Usr, Condition);
1370 if (!ValUsesConditionAndMayBeFoldable)
1371 return None;
1372 }
1373 assert((Condition == Val || ValUsesConditionAndMayBeFoldable) &&((void)0)
1374 "Condition != Val nor Val doesn't use Condition")((void)0);
1375
1376 bool DefaultCase = SI->getDefaultDest() == BBTo;
1377 unsigned BitWidth = Val->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
1378 ConstantRange EdgesVals(BitWidth, DefaultCase/*isFullSet*/);
1379
1380 for (auto Case : SI->cases()) {
1381 APInt CaseValue = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
1382 ConstantRange EdgeVal(CaseValue);
1383 if (ValUsesConditionAndMayBeFoldable) {
1384 User *Usr = cast<User>(Val);
1385 const DataLayout &DL = BBTo->getModule()->getDataLayout();
1386 ValueLatticeElement EdgeLatticeVal =
1387 constantFoldUser(Usr, Condition, CaseValue, DL);
1388 if (EdgeLatticeVal.isOverdefined())
1389 return None;
1390 EdgeVal = EdgeLatticeVal.getConstantRange();
1391 }
1392 if (DefaultCase) {
1393 // It is possible that the default destination is the destination of
1394 // some cases. We cannot perform difference for those cases.
1395 // We know Condition != CaseValue in BBTo. In some cases we can use
1396 // this to infer Val == f(Condition) is != f(CaseValue). For now, we
1397 // only do this when f is identity (i.e. Val == Condition), but we
1398 // should be able to do this for any injective f.
1399 if (Case.getCaseSuccessor() != BBTo && Condition == Val)
1400 EdgesVals = EdgesVals.difference(EdgeVal);
1401 } else if (Case.getCaseSuccessor() == BBTo)
1402 EdgesVals = EdgesVals.unionWith(EdgeVal);
1403 }
1404 return ValueLatticeElement::getRange(std::move(EdgesVals));
1405 }
1406 return None;
1407}
1408
1409/// Compute the value of Val on the edge BBFrom -> BBTo or the value at
1410/// the basic block if the edge does not constrain Val.
1411Optional<ValueLatticeElement> LazyValueInfoImpl::getEdgeValue(
1412 Value *Val, BasicBlock *BBFrom, BasicBlock *BBTo, Instruction *CxtI) {
1413 // If already a constant, there is nothing to compute.
1414 if (Constant *VC
34.1
'VC' is null
34.1
'VC' is null
34.1
'VC' is null
34.1
'VC' is null
= dyn_cast<Constant>(Val))
34
'Val' is not a 'Constant'
35
Taking false branch
1415 return ValueLatticeElement::get(VC);
1416
1417 ValueLatticeElement LocalResult = getEdgeValueLocal(Val, BBFrom, BBTo)
36
Passing value via 3rd parameter 'BBTo'
37
Calling 'getEdgeValueLocal'
1418 .getValueOr(ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined());
1419 if (hasSingleValue(LocalResult))
1420 // Can't get any more precise here
1421 return LocalResult;
1422
1423 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> OptInBlock = getBlockValue(Val, BBFrom);
1424 if (!OptInBlock)
1425 return None;
1426 ValueLatticeElement &InBlock = *OptInBlock;
1427
1428 // Try to intersect ranges of the BB and the constraint on the edge.
1429 intersectAssumeOrGuardBlockValueConstantRange(Val, InBlock,
1430 BBFrom->getTerminator());
1431 // We can use the context instruction (generically the ultimate instruction
1432 // the calling pass is trying to simplify) here, even though the result of
1433 // this function is generally cached when called from the solve* functions
1434 // (and that cached result might be used with queries using a different
1435 // context instruction), because when this function is called from the solve*
1436 // functions, the context instruction is not provided. When called from
1437 // LazyValueInfoImpl::getValueOnEdge, the context instruction is provided,
1438 // but then the result is not cached.
1439 intersectAssumeOrGuardBlockValueConstantRange(Val, InBlock, CxtI);
1440
1441 return intersect(LocalResult, InBlock);
1442}
1443
1444ValueLatticeElement LazyValueInfoImpl::getValueInBlock(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB,
1445 Instruction *CxtI) {
1446 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LVI Getting block end value " << *V << " at '"do { } while (false)
1447 << BB->getName() << "'\n")do { } while (false);
1448
1449 assert(BlockValueStack.empty() && BlockValueSet.empty())((void)0);
1450 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> OptResult = getBlockValue(V, BB);
1451 if (!OptResult) {
1452 solve();
1453 OptResult = getBlockValue(V, BB);
1454 assert(OptResult && "Value not available after solving")((void)0);
1455 }
1456 ValueLatticeElement Result = *OptResult;
1457 intersectAssumeOrGuardBlockValueConstantRange(V, Result, CxtI);
1458
1459 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Result = " << Result << "\n")do { } while (false);
1460 return Result;
1461}
1462
1463ValueLatticeElement LazyValueInfoImpl::getValueAt(Value *V, Instruction *CxtI) {
1464 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LVI Getting value " << *V << " at '" << CxtI->getName()do { } while (false)
11
Loop condition is false. Exiting loop
1465 << "'\n")do { } while (false);
1466
1467 if (auto *C
12.1
'C' is null
12.1
'C' is null
12.1
'C' is null
12.1
'C' is null
= dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
12
Assuming 'V' is not a 'Constant'
13
Taking false branch
1468 return ValueLatticeElement::get(C);
1469
1470 ValueLatticeElement Result = ValueLatticeElement::getOverdefined();
1471 if (auto *I
14.1
'I' is null
14.1
'I' is null
14.1
'I' is null
14.1
'I' is null
= dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
14
Assuming 'V' is not a 'Instruction'
15
Taking false branch
1472 Result = getFromRangeMetadata(I);
1473 intersectAssumeOrGuardBlockValueConstantRange(V, Result, CxtI);
16
Value assigned to field 'Parent'
1474
1475 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Result = " << Result << "\n")do { } while (false);
17
Loop condition is false. Exiting loop
1476 return Result;
1477}
1478
1479ValueLatticeElement LazyValueInfoImpl::
1480getValueOnEdge(Value *V, BasicBlock *FromBB, BasicBlock *ToBB,
1481 Instruction *CxtI) {
1482 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LVI Getting edge value " << *V << " from '"do { } while (false)
31
Loop condition is false. Exiting loop
1483 << FromBB->getName() << "' to '" << ToBB->getName()do { } while (false)
1484 << "'\n")do { } while (false);
1485
1486 Optional<ValueLatticeElement> Result = getEdgeValue(V, FromBB, ToBB, CxtI);
32
Passing value via 3rd parameter 'BBTo'
33
Calling 'LazyValueInfoImpl::getEdgeValue'
1487 if (!Result) {
1488 solve();
1489 Result = getEdgeValue(V, FromBB, ToBB, CxtI);
1490 assert(Result && "More work to do after problem solved?")((void)0);
1491 }
1492
1493 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Result = " << *Result << "\n")do { } while (false);
1494 return *Result;
1495}
1496
1497void LazyValueInfoImpl::threadEdge(BasicBlock *PredBB, BasicBlock *OldSucc,
1498 BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
1499 TheCache.threadEdgeImpl(OldSucc, NewSucc);
1500}
1501
1502//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1503// LazyValueInfo Impl
1504//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1505
1506/// This lazily constructs the LazyValueInfoImpl.
1507static LazyValueInfoImpl &getImpl(void *&PImpl, AssumptionCache *AC,
1508 const Module *M) {
1509 if (!PImpl) {
1510 assert(M && "getCache() called with a null Module")((void)0);
1511 const DataLayout &DL = M->getDataLayout();
1512 Function *GuardDecl = M->getFunction(
1513 Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard));
1514 PImpl = new LazyValueInfoImpl(AC, DL, GuardDecl);
1515 }
1516 return *static_cast<LazyValueInfoImpl*>(PImpl);
1517}
1518
1519bool LazyValueInfoWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
1520 Info.AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
1521 Info.TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(F);
1522
1523 if (Info.PImpl)
1524 getImpl(Info.PImpl, Info.AC, F.getParent()).clear();
1525
1526 // Fully lazy.
1527 return false;
1528}
1529
1530void LazyValueInfoWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
1531 AU.setPreservesAll();
1532 AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
1533 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
1534}
1535
1536LazyValueInfo &LazyValueInfoWrapperPass::getLVI() { return Info; }
1537
1538LazyValueInfo::~LazyValueInfo() { releaseMemory(); }
1539
1540void LazyValueInfo::releaseMemory() {
1541 // If the cache was allocated, free it.
1542 if (PImpl) {
1543 delete &getImpl(PImpl, AC, nullptr);
1544 PImpl = nullptr;
1545 }
1546}
1547
1548bool LazyValueInfo::invalidate(Function &F, const PreservedAnalyses &PA,
1549 FunctionAnalysisManager::Invalidator &Inv) {
1550 // We need to invalidate if we have either failed to preserve this analyses
1551 // result directly or if any of its dependencies have been invalidated.
1552 auto PAC = PA.getChecker<LazyValueAnalysis>();
1553 if (!(PAC.preserved() || PAC.preservedSet<AllAnalysesOn<Function>>()))
1554 return true;
1555
1556 return false;
1557}
1558
1559void LazyValueInfoWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { Info.releaseMemory(); }
1560
1561LazyValueInfo LazyValueAnalysis::run(Function &F,
1562 FunctionAnalysisManager &FAM) {
1563 auto &AC = FAM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F);
1564 auto &TLI = FAM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F);
1565
1566 return LazyValueInfo(&AC, &F.getParent()->getDataLayout(), &TLI);
1567}
1568
1569/// Returns true if we can statically tell that this value will never be a
1570/// "useful" constant. In practice, this means we've got something like an
1571/// alloca or a malloc call for which a comparison against a constant can
1572/// only be guarding dead code. Note that we are potentially giving up some
1573/// precision in dead code (a constant result) in favour of avoiding a
1574/// expensive search for a easily answered common query.
1575static bool isKnownNonConstant(Value *V) {
1576 V = V->stripPointerCasts();
1577 // The return val of alloc cannot be a Constant.
1578 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V))
1579 return true;
1580 return false;
1581}
1582
1583Constant *LazyValueInfo::getConstant(Value *V, Instruction *CxtI) {
1584 // Bail out early if V is known not to be a Constant.
1585 if (isKnownNonConstant(V))
1586 return nullptr;
1587
1588 BasicBlock *BB = CxtI->getParent();
1589 ValueLatticeElement Result =
1590 getImpl(PImpl, AC, BB->getModule()).getValueInBlock(V, BB, CxtI);
1591
1592 if (Result.isConstant())
1593 return Result.getConstant();
1594 if (Result.isConstantRange()) {
1595 const ConstantRange &CR = Result.getConstantRange();
1596 if (const APInt *SingleVal = CR.getSingleElement())
1597 return ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), *SingleVal);
1598 }
1599 return nullptr;
1600}
1601
1602ConstantRange LazyValueInfo::getConstantRange(Value *V, Instruction *CxtI,
1603 bool UndefAllowed) {
1604 assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy())((void)0);
1605 unsigned Width = V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
1606 BasicBlock *BB = CxtI->getParent();
1607 ValueLatticeElement Result =
1608 getImpl(PImpl, AC, BB->getModule()).getValueInBlock(V, BB, CxtI);
1609 if (Result.isUnknown())
1610 return ConstantRange::getEmpty(Width);
1611 if (Result.isConstantRange(UndefAllowed))
1612 return Result.getConstantRange(UndefAllowed);
1613 // We represent ConstantInt constants as constant ranges but other kinds
1614 // of integer constants, i.e. ConstantExpr will be tagged as constants
1615 assert(!(Result.isConstant() && isa<ConstantInt>(Result.getConstant())) &&((void)0)
1616 "ConstantInt value must be represented as constantrange")((void)0);
1617 return ConstantRange::getFull(Width);
1618}
1619
1620/// Determine whether the specified value is known to be a
1621/// constant on the specified edge. Return null if not.
1622Constant *LazyValueInfo::getConstantOnEdge(Value *V, BasicBlock *FromBB,
1623 BasicBlock *ToBB,
1624 Instruction *CxtI) {
1625 Module *M = FromBB->getModule();
1626 ValueLatticeElement Result =
1627 getImpl(PImpl, AC, M).getValueOnEdge(V, FromBB, ToBB, CxtI);
1628
1629 if (Result.isConstant())
1630 return Result.getConstant();
1631 if (Result.isConstantRange()) {
1632 const ConstantRange &CR = Result.getConstantRange();
1633 if (const APInt *SingleVal = CR.getSingleElement())
1634 return ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), *SingleVal);
1635 }
1636 return nullptr;
1637}
1638
1639ConstantRange LazyValueInfo::getConstantRangeOnEdge(Value *V,
1640 BasicBlock *FromBB,
1641 BasicBlock *ToBB,
1642 Instruction *CxtI) {
1643 unsigned Width = V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
1644 Module *M = FromBB->getModule();
1645 ValueLatticeElement Result =
1646 getImpl(PImpl, AC, M).getValueOnEdge(V, FromBB, ToBB, CxtI);
1647
1648 if (Result.isUnknown())
1649 return ConstantRange::getEmpty(Width);
1650 if (Result.isConstantRange())
1651 return Result.getConstantRange();
1652 // We represent ConstantInt constants as constant ranges but other kinds
1653 // of integer constants, i.e. ConstantExpr will be tagged as constants
1654 assert(!(Result.isConstant() && isa<ConstantInt>(Result.getConstant())) &&((void)0)
1655 "ConstantInt value must be represented as constantrange")((void)0);
1656 return ConstantRange::getFull(Width);
1657}
1658
1659static LazyValueInfo::Tristate
1660getPredicateResult(unsigned Pred, Constant *C, const ValueLatticeElement &Val,
1661 const DataLayout &DL, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
1662 // If we know the value is a constant, evaluate the conditional.
1663 Constant *Res = nullptr;
1664 if (Val.isConstant()) {
1665 Res = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, Val.getConstant(), C, DL, TLI);
1666 if (ConstantInt *ResCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Res))
1667 return ResCI->isZero() ? LazyValueInfo::False : LazyValueInfo::True;
1668 return LazyValueInfo::Unknown;
1669 }
1670
1671 if (Val.isConstantRange()) {
1672 ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C);
1673 if (!CI) return LazyValueInfo::Unknown;
1674
1675 const ConstantRange &CR = Val.getConstantRange();
1676 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) {
1677 if (!CR.contains(CI->getValue()))
1678 return LazyValueInfo::False;
1679
1680 if (CR.isSingleElement())
1681 return LazyValueInfo::True;
1682 } else if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) {
1683 if (!CR.contains(CI->getValue()))
1684 return LazyValueInfo::True;
1685
1686 if (CR.isSingleElement())
1687 return LazyValueInfo::False;
1688 } else {
1689 // Handle more complex predicates.
1690 ConstantRange TrueValues = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(
1691 (ICmpInst::Predicate)Pred, CI->getValue());
1692 if (TrueValues.contains(CR))
1693 return LazyValueInfo::True;
1694 if (TrueValues.inverse().contains(CR))
1695 return LazyValueInfo::False;
1696 }
1697 return LazyValueInfo::Unknown;
1698 }
1699
1700 if (Val.isNotConstant()) {
1701 // If this is an equality comparison, we can try to fold it knowing that
1702 // "V != C1".
1703 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) {
1704 // !C1 == C -> false iff C1 == C.
1705 Res = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE,
1706 Val.getNotConstant(), C, DL,
1707 TLI);
1708 if (Res->isNullValue())
1709 return LazyValueInfo::False;
1710 } else if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) {
1711 // !C1 != C -> true iff C1 == C.
1712 Res = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE,
1713 Val.getNotConstant(), C, DL,
1714 TLI);
1715 if (Res->isNullValue())
1716 return LazyValueInfo::True;
1717 }
1718 return LazyValueInfo::Unknown;
1719 }
1720
1721 return LazyValueInfo::Unknown;
1722}
1723
1724/// Determine whether the specified value comparison with a constant is known to
1725/// be true or false on the specified CFG edge. Pred is a CmpInst predicate.
1726LazyValueInfo::Tristate
1727LazyValueInfo::getPredicateOnEdge(unsigned Pred, Value *V, Constant *C,
1728 BasicBlock *FromBB, BasicBlock *ToBB,
1729 Instruction *CxtI) {
1730 Module *M = FromBB->getModule();
1731 ValueLatticeElement Result =
1732 getImpl(PImpl, AC, M).getValueOnEdge(V, FromBB, ToBB, CxtI);
29
Passing 'BB' via 3rd parameter 'ToBB'
30
Calling 'LazyValueInfoImpl::getValueOnEdge'
1733
1734 return getPredicateResult(Pred, C, Result, M->getDataLayout(), TLI);
1735}
1736
1737LazyValueInfo::Tristate
1738LazyValueInfo::getPredicateAt(unsigned Pred, Value *V, Constant *C,
1739 Instruction *CxtI, bool UseBlockValue) {
1740 // Is or is not NonNull are common predicates being queried. If
1741 // isKnownNonZero can tell us the result of the predicate, we can
1742 // return it quickly. But this is only a fastpath, and falling
1743 // through would still be correct.
1744 Module *M = CxtI->getModule();
1745 const DataLayout &DL = M->getDataLayout();
1746 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy() && C->isNullValue() &&
4
Calling 'Type::isPointerTy'
7
Returning from 'Type::isPointerTy'
1747 isKnownNonZero(V->stripPointerCastsSameRepresentation(), DL)) {
1748 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
1749 return LazyValueInfo::False;
1750 else if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
1751 return LazyValueInfo::True;
1752 }
1753
1754 ValueLatticeElement Result = UseBlockValue
8
Assuming 'UseBlockValue' is false
9
'?' condition is false
1755 ? getImpl(PImpl, AC, M).getValueInBlock(V, CxtI->getParent(), CxtI)
1756 : getImpl(PImpl, AC, M).getValueAt(V, CxtI);
10
Calling 'LazyValueInfoImpl::getValueAt'
18
Returning from 'LazyValueInfoImpl::getValueAt'
1757 Tristate Ret = getPredicateResult(Pred, C, Result, DL, TLI);
1758 if (Ret
18.1
'Ret' is equal to Unknown
18.1
'Ret' is equal to Unknown
18.1
'Ret' is equal to Unknown
18.1
'Ret' is equal to Unknown
!= Unknown)
19
Taking false branch
1759 return Ret;
1760
1761 // Note: The following bit of code is somewhat distinct from the rest of LVI;
1762 // LVI as a whole tries to compute a lattice value which is conservatively
1763 // correct at a given location. In this case, we have a predicate which we
1764 // weren't able to prove about the merged result, and we're pushing that
1765 // predicate back along each incoming edge to see if we can prove it
1766 // separately for each input. As a motivating example, consider:
1767 // bb1:
1768 // %v1 = ... ; constantrange<1, 5>
1769 // br label %merge
1770 // bb2:
1771 // %v2 = ... ; constantrange<10, 20>
1772 // br label %merge
1773 // merge:
1774 // %phi = phi [%v1, %v2] ; constantrange<1,20>
1775 // %pred = icmp eq i32 %phi, 8
1776 // We can't tell from the lattice value for '%phi' that '%pred' is false
1777 // along each path, but by checking the predicate over each input separately,
1778 // we can.
1779 // We limit the search to one step backwards from the current BB and value.
1780 // We could consider extending this to search further backwards through the
1781 // CFG and/or value graph, but there are non-obvious compile time vs quality
1782 // tradeoffs.
1783 if (CxtI
19.1
'CxtI' is non-null
19.1
'CxtI' is non-null
19.1
'CxtI' is non-null
19.1
'CxtI' is non-null
) {
20
Taking true branch
1784 BasicBlock *BB = CxtI->getParent();
21
'BB' initialized here
1785
1786 // Function entry or an unreachable block. Bail to avoid confusing
1787 // analysis below.
1788 pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB);
1789 if (PI == PE)
22
Assuming the condition is false
23
Taking false branch
1790 return Unknown;
1791
1792 // If V is a PHI node in the same block as the context, we need to ask
1793 // questions about the predicate as applied to the incoming value along
1794 // each edge. This is useful for eliminating cases where the predicate is
1795 // known along all incoming edges.
1796 if (auto *PHI
24.1
'PHI' is null
24.1
'PHI' is null
24.1
'PHI' is null
24.1
'PHI' is null
= dyn_cast<PHINode>(V))
24
Assuming 'V' is not a 'PHINode'
25
Taking false branch
1797 if (PHI->getParent() == BB) {
1798 Tristate Baseline = Unknown;
1799 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PHI->getNumIncomingValues(); i < e; i++) {
1800 Value *Incoming = PHI->getIncomingValue(i);
1801 BasicBlock *PredBB = PHI->getIncomingBlock(i);
1802 // Note that PredBB may be BB itself.
1803 Tristate Result = getPredicateOnEdge(Pred, Incoming, C, PredBB, BB,
1804 CxtI);
1805
1806 // Keep going as long as we've seen a consistent known result for
1807 // all inputs.
1808 Baseline = (i == 0) ? Result /* First iteration */
1809 : (Baseline == Result ? Baseline : Unknown); /* All others */
1810 if (Baseline == Unknown)
1811 break;
1812 }
1813 if (Baseline != Unknown)
1814 return Baseline;
1815 }
1816
1817 // For a comparison where the V is outside this block, it's possible
1818 // that we've branched on it before. Look to see if the value is known
1819 // on all incoming edges.
1820 if (!isa<Instruction>(V) ||
26
'V' is not a 'Instruction'
1821 cast<Instruction>(V)->getParent() != BB) {
1822 // For predecessor edge, determine if the comparison is true or false
1823 // on that edge. If they're all true or all false, we can conclude
1824 // the value of the comparison in this block.
1825 Tristate Baseline = getPredicateOnEdge(Pred, V, C, *PI, BB, CxtI);
27
Passing 'BB' via 5th parameter 'ToBB'
28
Calling 'LazyValueInfo::getPredicateOnEdge'
1826 if (Baseline != Unknown) {
1827 // Check that all remaining incoming values match the first one.
1828 while (++PI != PE) {
1829 Tristate Ret = getPredicateOnEdge(Pred, V, C, *PI, BB, CxtI);
1830 if (Ret != Baseline) break;
1831 }
1832 // If we terminated early, then one of the values didn't match.
1833 if (PI == PE) {
1834 return Baseline;
1835 }
1836 }
1837 }
1838 }
1839 return Unknown;
1840}
1841
1842LazyValueInfo::Tristate LazyValueInfo::getPredicateAt(unsigned P, Value *LHS,
1843 Value *RHS,
1844 Instruction *CxtI,
1845 bool UseBlockValue) {
1846 CmpInst::Predicate Pred = (CmpInst::Predicate)P;
1847
1848 if (auto *C
1.1
'C' is non-null
1.1
'C' is non-null
1.1
'C' is non-null
1.1
'C' is non-null
= dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS))
1
Assuming 'RHS' is a 'Constant'
2
Taking true branch
1849 return getPredicateAt(P, LHS, C, CxtI, UseBlockValue);
3
Calling 'LazyValueInfo::getPredicateAt'
1850 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHS))
1851 return getPredicateAt(CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), RHS, C, CxtI,
1852 UseBlockValue);
1853
1854 // Got two non-Constant values. While we could handle them somewhat,
1855 // by getting their constant ranges, and applying ConstantRange::icmp(),
1856 // so far it did not appear to be profitable.
1857 return LazyValueInfo::Unknown;
1858}
1859
1860void LazyValueInfo::threadEdge(BasicBlock *PredBB, BasicBlock *OldSucc,
1861 BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
1862 if (PImpl) {
1863 getImpl(PImpl, AC, PredBB->getModule())
1864 .threadEdge(PredBB, OldSucc, NewSucc);
1865 }
1866}
1867
1868void LazyValueInfo::eraseBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
1869 if (PImpl) {
1870 getImpl(PImpl, AC, BB->getModule()).eraseBlock(BB);
1871 }
1872}
1873
1874
1875void LazyValueInfo::printLVI(Function &F, DominatorTree &DTree, raw_ostream &OS) {
1876 if (PImpl) {
1877 getImpl(PImpl, AC, F.getParent()).printLVI(F, DTree, OS);
1878 }
1879}
1880
1881// Print the LVI for the function arguments at the start of each basic block.
1882void LazyValueInfoAnnotatedWriter::emitBasicBlockStartAnnot(
1883 const BasicBlock *BB, formatted_raw_ostream &OS) {
1884 // Find if there are latticevalues defined for arguments of the function.
1885 auto *F = BB->getParent();
1886 for (auto &Arg : F->args()) {
1887 ValueLatticeElement Result = LVIImpl->getValueInBlock(
1888 const_cast<Argument *>(&Arg), const_cast<BasicBlock *>(BB));
1889 if (Result.isUnknown())
1890 continue;
1891 OS << "; LatticeVal for: '" << Arg << "' is: " << Result << "\n";
1892 }
1893}
1894
1895// This function prints the LVI analysis for the instruction I at the beginning
1896// of various basic blocks. It relies on calculated values that are stored in
1897// the LazyValueInfoCache, and in the absence of cached values, recalculate the
1898// LazyValueInfo for `I`, and print that info.
1899void LazyValueInfoAnnotatedWriter::emitInstructionAnnot(
1900 const Instruction *I, formatted_raw_ostream &OS) {
1901
1902 auto *ParentBB = I->getParent();
1903 SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock*, 16> BlocksContainingLVI;
1904 // We can generate (solve) LVI values only for blocks that are dominated by
1905 // the I's parent. However, to avoid generating LVI for all dominating blocks,
1906 // that contain redundant/uninteresting information, we print LVI for
1907 // blocks that may use this LVI information (such as immediate successor
1908 // blocks, and blocks that contain uses of `I`).
1909 auto printResult = [&](const BasicBlock *BB) {
1910 if (!BlocksContainingLVI.insert(BB).second)
1911 return;
1912 ValueLatticeElement Result = LVIImpl->getValueInBlock(
1913 const_cast<Instruction *>(I), const_cast<BasicBlock *>(BB));
1914 OS << "; LatticeVal for: '" << *I << "' in BB: '";
1915 BB->printAsOperand(OS, false);
1916 OS << "' is: " << Result << "\n";
1917 };
1918
1919 printResult(ParentBB);
1920 // Print the LVI analysis results for the immediate successor blocks, that
1921 // are dominated by `ParentBB`.
1922 for (auto *BBSucc : successors(ParentBB))
1923 if (DT.dominates(ParentBB, BBSucc))
1924 printResult(BBSucc);
1925
1926 // Print LVI in blocks where `I` is used.
1927 for (auto *U : I->users())
1928 if (auto *UseI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U))
1929 if (!isa<PHINode>(UseI) || DT.dominates(ParentBB, UseI->getParent()))
1930 printResult(UseI->getParent());
1931
1932}
1933
1934namespace {
1935// Printer class for LazyValueInfo results.
1936class LazyValueInfoPrinter : public FunctionPass {
1937public:
1938 static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
1939 LazyValueInfoPrinter() : FunctionPass(ID) {
1940 initializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
1941 }
1942
1943 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
1944 AU.setPreservesAll();
1945 AU.addRequired<LazyValueInfoWrapperPass>();
1946 AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
1947 }
1948
1949 // Get the mandatory dominator tree analysis and pass this in to the
1950 // LVIPrinter. We cannot rely on the LVI's DT, since it's optional.
1951 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override {
1952 dbgs() << "LVI for function '" << F.getName() << "':\n";
1953 auto &LVI = getAnalysis<LazyValueInfoWrapperPass>().getLVI();
1954 auto &DTree = getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
1955 LVI.printLVI(F, DTree, dbgs());
1956 return false;
1957 }
1958};
1959}
1960
1961char LazyValueInfoPrinter::ID = 0;
1962INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(LazyValueInfoPrinter, "print-lazy-value-info",static void *initializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPassOnce(PassRegistry
&Registry) {
1963 "Lazy Value Info Printer Pass", false, false)static void *initializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPassOnce(PassRegistry
&Registry) {
1964INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LazyValueInfoWrapperPass)initializeLazyValueInfoWrapperPassPass(Registry);
1965INITIALIZE_PASS_END(LazyValueInfoPrinter, "print-lazy-value-info",PassInfo *PI = new PassInfo( "Lazy Value Info Printer Pass", "print-lazy-value-info"
, &LazyValueInfoPrinter::ID, PassInfo::NormalCtor_t(callDefaultCtor
<LazyValueInfoPrinter>), false, false); Registry.registerPass
(*PI, true); return PI; } static llvm::once_flag InitializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPassFlag
; void llvm::initializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPass(PassRegistry &
Registry) { llvm::call_once(InitializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPassFlag
, initializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPassOnce, std::ref(Registry))
; }
1966 "Lazy Value Info Printer Pass", false, false)PassInfo *PI = new PassInfo( "Lazy Value Info Printer Pass", "print-lazy-value-info"
, &LazyValueInfoPrinter::ID, PassInfo::NormalCtor_t(callDefaultCtor
<LazyValueInfoPrinter>), false, false); Registry.registerPass
(*PI, true); return PI; } static llvm::once_flag InitializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPassFlag
; void llvm::initializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPass(PassRegistry &
Registry) { llvm::call_once(InitializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPassFlag
, initializeLazyValueInfoPrinterPassOnce, std::ref(Registry))
; }

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Type.h

1//===- llvm/Type.h - Classes for handling data types ------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file contains the declaration of the Type class. For more "Type"
10// stuff, look in DerivedTypes.h.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#ifndef LLVM_IR_TYPE_H
15#define LLVM_IR_TYPE_H
16
17#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
18#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
19#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
20#include "llvm/Support/CBindingWrapping.h"
21#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
22#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
23#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
24#include "llvm/Support/TypeSize.h"
25#include <cassert>
26#include <cstdint>
27#include <iterator>
28
29namespace llvm {
30
31class IntegerType;
32class LLVMContext;
33class PointerType;
34class raw_ostream;
35class StringRef;
36
37/// The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created,
38/// they are never changed. Also note that only one instance of a particular
39/// type is ever created. Thus seeing if two types are equal is a matter of
40/// doing a trivial pointer comparison. To enforce that no two equal instances
41/// are created, Type instances can only be created via static factory methods
42/// in class Type and in derived classes. Once allocated, Types are never
43/// free'd.
44///
45class Type {
46public:
47 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
48 /// Definitions of all of the base types for the Type system. Based on this
49 /// value, you can cast to a class defined in DerivedTypes.h.
50 /// Note: If you add an element to this, you need to add an element to the
51 /// Type::getPrimitiveType function, or else things will break!
52 /// Also update LLVMTypeKind and LLVMGetTypeKind () in the C binding.
53 ///
54 enum TypeID {
55 // PrimitiveTypes
56 HalfTyID = 0, ///< 16-bit floating point type
57 BFloatTyID, ///< 16-bit floating point type (7-bit significand)
58 FloatTyID, ///< 32-bit floating point type
59 DoubleTyID, ///< 64-bit floating point type
60 X86_FP80TyID, ///< 80-bit floating point type (X87)
61 FP128TyID, ///< 128-bit floating point type (112-bit significand)
62 PPC_FP128TyID, ///< 128-bit floating point type (two 64-bits, PowerPC)
63 VoidTyID, ///< type with no size
64 LabelTyID, ///< Labels
65 MetadataTyID, ///< Metadata
66 X86_MMXTyID, ///< MMX vectors (64 bits, X86 specific)
67 X86_AMXTyID, ///< AMX vectors (8192 bits, X86 specific)
68 TokenTyID, ///< Tokens
69
70 // Derived types... see DerivedTypes.h file.
71 IntegerTyID, ///< Arbitrary bit width integers
72 FunctionTyID, ///< Functions
73 PointerTyID, ///< Pointers
74 StructTyID, ///< Structures
75 ArrayTyID, ///< Arrays
76 FixedVectorTyID, ///< Fixed width SIMD vector type
77 ScalableVectorTyID ///< Scalable SIMD vector type
78 };
79
80private:
81 /// This refers to the LLVMContext in which this type was uniqued.
82 LLVMContext &Context;
83
84 TypeID ID : 8; // The current base type of this type.
85 unsigned SubclassData : 24; // Space for subclasses to store data.
86 // Note that this should be synchronized with
87 // MAX_INT_BITS value in IntegerType class.
88
89protected:
90 friend class LLVMContextImpl;
91
92 explicit Type(LLVMContext &C, TypeID tid)
93 : Context(C), ID(tid), SubclassData(0) {}
94 ~Type() = default;
95
96 unsigned getSubclassData() const { return SubclassData; }
97
98 void setSubclassData(unsigned val) {
99 SubclassData = val;
100 // Ensure we don't have any accidental truncation.
101 assert(getSubclassData() == val && "Subclass data too large for field")((void)0);
102 }
103
104 /// Keeps track of how many Type*'s there are in the ContainedTys list.
105 unsigned NumContainedTys = 0;
106
107 /// A pointer to the array of Types contained by this Type. For example, this
108 /// includes the arguments of a function type, the elements of a structure,
109 /// the pointee of a pointer, the element type of an array, etc. This pointer
110 /// may be 0 for types that don't contain other types (Integer, Double,
111 /// Float).
112 Type * const *ContainedTys = nullptr;
113
114public:
115 /// Print the current type.
116 /// Omit the type details if \p NoDetails == true.
117 /// E.g., let %st = type { i32, i16 }
118 /// When \p NoDetails is true, we only print %st.
119 /// Put differently, \p NoDetails prints the type as if
120 /// inlined with the operands when printing an instruction.
121 void print(raw_ostream &O, bool IsForDebug = false,
122 bool NoDetails = false) const;
123
124 void dump() const;
125
126 /// Return the LLVMContext in which this type was uniqued.
127 LLVMContext &getContext() const { return Context; }
128
129 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
130 // Accessors for working with types.
131 //
132
133 /// Return the type id for the type. This will return one of the TypeID enum
134 /// elements defined above.
135 TypeID getTypeID() const { return ID; }
136
137 /// Return true if this is 'void'.
138 bool isVoidTy() const { return getTypeID() == VoidTyID; }
139
140 /// Return true if this is 'half', a 16-bit IEEE fp type.
141 bool isHalfTy() const { return getTypeID() == HalfTyID; }
142
143 /// Return true if this is 'bfloat', a 16-bit bfloat type.
144 bool isBFloatTy() const { return getTypeID() == BFloatTyID; }
145
146 /// Return true if this is 'float', a 32-bit IEEE fp type.
147 bool isFloatTy() const { return getTypeID() == FloatTyID; }
148
149 /// Return true if this is 'double', a 64-bit IEEE fp type.
150 bool isDoubleTy() const { return getTypeID() == DoubleTyID; }
151
152 /// Return true if this is x86 long double.
153 bool isX86_FP80Ty() const { return getTypeID() == X86_FP80TyID; }
154
155 /// Return true if this is 'fp128'.
156 bool isFP128Ty() const { return getTypeID() == FP128TyID; }
157
158 /// Return true if this is powerpc long double.
159 bool isPPC_FP128Ty() const { return getTypeID() == PPC_FP128TyID; }
160
161 /// Return true if this is one of the six floating-point types
162 bool isFloatingPointTy() const {
163 return getTypeID() == HalfTyID || getTypeID() == BFloatTyID ||
164 getTypeID() == FloatTyID || getTypeID() == DoubleTyID ||
165 getTypeID() == X86_FP80TyID || getTypeID() == FP128TyID ||
166 getTypeID() == PPC_FP128TyID;
167 }
168
169 const fltSemantics &getFltSemantics() const {
170 switch (getTypeID()) {
171 case HalfTyID: return APFloat::IEEEhalf();
172 case BFloatTyID: return APFloat::BFloat();
173 case FloatTyID: return APFloat::IEEEsingle();
174 case DoubleTyID: return APFloat::IEEEdouble();
175 case X86_FP80TyID: return APFloat::x87DoubleExtended();
176 case FP128TyID: return APFloat::IEEEquad();
177 case PPC_FP128TyID: return APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble();
178 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid floating type")__builtin_unreachable();
179 }
180 }
181
182 /// Return true if this is X86 MMX.
183 bool isX86_MMXTy() const { return getTypeID() == X86_MMXTyID; }
184
185 /// Return true if this is X86 AMX.
186 bool isX86_AMXTy() const { return getTypeID() == X86_AMXTyID; }
187
188 /// Return true if this is a FP type or a vector of FP.
189 bool isFPOrFPVectorTy() const { return getScalarType()->isFloatingPointTy(); }
190
191 /// Return true if this is 'label'.
192 bool isLabelTy() const { return getTypeID() == LabelTyID; }
193
194 /// Return true if this is 'metadata'.
195 bool isMetadataTy() const { return getTypeID() == MetadataTyID; }
196
197 /// Return true if this is 'token'.
198 bool isTokenTy() const { return getTypeID() == TokenTyID; }
199
200 /// True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
201 bool isIntegerTy() const { return getTypeID() == IntegerTyID; }
202
203 /// Return true if this is an IntegerType of the given width.
204 bool isIntegerTy(unsigned Bitwidth) const;
205
206 /// Return true if this is an integer type or a vector of integer types.
207 bool isIntOrIntVectorTy() const { return getScalarType()->isIntegerTy(); }
208
209 /// Return true if this is an integer type or a vector of integer types of
210 /// the given width.
211 bool isIntOrIntVectorTy(unsigned BitWidth) const {
212 return getScalarType()->isIntegerTy(BitWidth);
213 }
214
215 /// Return true if this is an integer type or a pointer type.
216 bool isIntOrPtrTy() const { return isIntegerTy() || isPointerTy(); }
217
218 /// True if this is an instance of FunctionType.
219 bool isFunctionTy() const { return getTypeID() == FunctionTyID; }
220
221 /// True if this is an instance of StructType.
222 bool isStructTy() const { return getTypeID() == StructTyID; }
223
224 /// True if this is an instance of ArrayType.
225 bool isArrayTy() const { return getTypeID() == ArrayTyID; }
226
227 /// True if this is an instance of PointerType.
228 bool isPointerTy() const { return getTypeID() == PointerTyID; }
5
Assuming the condition is false
6
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later
229
230 /// True if this is an instance of an opaque PointerType.
231 bool isOpaquePointerTy() const;
232
233 /// Return true if this is a pointer type or a vector of pointer types.
234 bool isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() const { return getScalarType()->isPointerTy(); }
235
236 /// True if this is an instance of VectorType.
237 inline bool isVectorTy() const {
238 return getTypeID() == ScalableVectorTyID || getTypeID() == FixedVectorTyID;
239 }
240
241 /// Return true if this type could be converted with a lossless BitCast to
242 /// type 'Ty'. For example, i8* to i32*. BitCasts are valid for types of the
243 /// same size only where no re-interpretation of the bits is done.
244 /// Determine if this type could be losslessly bitcast to Ty
245 bool canLosslesslyBitCastTo(Type *Ty) const;
246
247 /// Return true if this type is empty, that is, it has no elements or all of
248 /// its elements are empty.
249 bool isEmptyTy() const;
250
251 /// Return true if the type is "first class", meaning it is a valid type for a
252 /// Value.
253 bool isFirstClassType() const {
254 return getTypeID() != FunctionTyID && getTypeID() != VoidTyID;
255 }
256
257 /// Return true if the type is a valid type for a register in codegen. This
258 /// includes all first-class types except struct and array types.
259 bool isSingleValueType() const {
260 return isFloatingPointTy() || isX86_MMXTy() || isIntegerTy() ||
261 isPointerTy() || isVectorTy() || isX86_AMXTy();
262 }
263
264 /// Return true if the type is an aggregate type. This means it is valid as
265 /// the first operand of an insertvalue or extractvalue instruction. This
266 /// includes struct and array types, but does not include vector types.
267 bool isAggregateType() const {
268 return getTypeID() == StructTyID || getTypeID() == ArrayTyID;
269 }
270
271 /// Return true if it makes sense to take the size of this type. To get the
272 /// actual size for a particular target, it is reasonable to use the
273 /// DataLayout subsystem to do this.
274 bool isSized(SmallPtrSetImpl<Type*> *Visited = nullptr) const {
275 // If it's a primitive, it is always sized.
276 if (getTypeID() == IntegerTyID || isFloatingPointTy() ||
277 getTypeID() == PointerTyID || getTypeID() == X86_MMXTyID ||
278 getTypeID() == X86_AMXTyID)
279 return true;
280 // If it is not something that can have a size (e.g. a function or label),
281 // it doesn't have a size.
282 if (getTypeID() != StructTyID && getTypeID() != ArrayTyID && !isVectorTy())
283 return false;
284 // Otherwise we have to try harder to decide.
285 return isSizedDerivedType(Visited);
286 }
287
288 /// Return the basic size of this type if it is a primitive type. These are
289 /// fixed by LLVM and are not target-dependent.
290 /// This will return zero if the type does not have a size or is not a
291 /// primitive type.
292 ///
293 /// If this is a scalable vector type, the scalable property will be set and
294 /// the runtime size will be a positive integer multiple of the base size.
295 ///
296 /// Note that this may not reflect the size of memory allocated for an
297 /// instance of the type or the number of bytes that are written when an
298 /// instance of the type is stored to memory. The DataLayout class provides
299 /// additional query functions to provide this information.
300 ///
301 TypeSize getPrimitiveSizeInBits() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__));
302
303 /// If this is a vector type, return the getPrimitiveSizeInBits value for the
304 /// element type. Otherwise return the getPrimitiveSizeInBits value for this
305 /// type.
306 unsigned getScalarSizeInBits() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__));
307
308 /// Return the width of the mantissa of this type. This is only valid on
309 /// floating-point types. If the FP type does not have a stable mantissa (e.g.
310 /// ppc long double), this method returns -1.
311 int getFPMantissaWidth() const;
312
313 /// Return whether the type is IEEE compatible, as defined by the eponymous
314 /// method in APFloat.
315 bool isIEEE() const { return APFloat::getZero(getFltSemantics()).isIEEE(); }
316
317 /// If this is a vector type, return the element type, otherwise return
318 /// 'this'.
319 inline Type *getScalarType() const {
320 if (isVectorTy())
321 return getContainedType(0);
322 return const_cast<Type *>(this);
323 }
324
325 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
326 // Type Iteration support.
327 //
328 using subtype_iterator = Type * const *;
329
330 subtype_iterator subtype_begin() const { return ContainedTys; }
331 subtype_iterator subtype_end() const { return &ContainedTys[NumContainedTys];}
332 ArrayRef<Type*> subtypes() const {
333 return makeArrayRef(subtype_begin(), subtype_end());
334 }
335
336 using subtype_reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<subtype_iterator>;
337
338 subtype_reverse_iterator subtype_rbegin() const {
339 return subtype_reverse_iterator(subtype_end());
340 }
341 subtype_reverse_iterator subtype_rend() const {
342 return subtype_reverse_iterator(subtype_begin());
343 }
344
345 /// This method is used to implement the type iterator (defined at the end of
346 /// the file). For derived types, this returns the types 'contained' in the
347 /// derived type.
348 Type *getContainedType(unsigned i) const {
349 assert(i < NumContainedTys && "Index out of range!")((void)0);
350 return ContainedTys[i];
351 }
352
353 /// Return the number of types in the derived type.
354 unsigned getNumContainedTypes() const { return NumContainedTys; }
355
356 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357 // Helper methods corresponding to subclass methods. This forces a cast to
358 // the specified subclass and calls its accessor. "getArrayNumElements" (for
359 // example) is shorthand for cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getNumElements(). This is
360 // only intended to cover the core methods that are frequently used, helper
361 // methods should not be added here.
362
363 inline unsigned getIntegerBitWidth() const;
364
365 inline Type *getFunctionParamType(unsigned i) const;
366 inline unsigned getFunctionNumParams() const;
367 inline bool isFunctionVarArg() const;
368
369 inline StringRef getStructName() const;
370 inline unsigned getStructNumElements() const;
371 inline Type *getStructElementType(unsigned N) const;
372
373 inline uint64_t getArrayNumElements() const;
374
375 Type *getArrayElementType() const {
376 assert(getTypeID() == ArrayTyID)((void)0);
377 return ContainedTys[0];
378 }
379
380 Type *getPointerElementType() const {
381 assert(getTypeID() == PointerTyID)((void)0);
382 return ContainedTys[0];
383 }
384
385 /// Given vector type, change the element type,
386 /// whilst keeping the old number of elements.
387 /// For non-vectors simply returns \p EltTy.
388 inline Type *getWithNewType(Type *EltTy) const;
389
390 /// Given an integer or vector type, change the lane bitwidth to NewBitwidth,
391 /// whilst keeping the old number of lanes.
392 inline Type *getWithNewBitWidth(unsigned NewBitWidth) const;
393
394 /// Given scalar/vector integer type, returns a type with elements twice as
395 /// wide as in the original type. For vectors, preserves element count.
396 inline Type *getExtendedType() const;
397
398 /// Get the address space of this pointer or pointer vector type.
399 inline unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const;
400
401 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
402 // Static members exported by the Type class itself. Useful for getting
403 // instances of Type.
404 //
405
406 /// Return a type based on an identifier.
407 static Type *getPrimitiveType(LLVMContext &C, TypeID IDNumber);
408
409 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
410 // These are the builtin types that are always available.
411 //
412 static Type *getVoidTy(LLVMContext &C);
413 static Type *getLabelTy(LLVMContext &C);
414 static Type *getHalfTy(LLVMContext &C);
415 static Type *getBFloatTy(LLVMContext &C);
416 static Type *getFloatTy(LLVMContext &C);
417 static Type *getDoubleTy(LLVMContext &C);
418 static Type *getMetadataTy(LLVMContext &C);
419 static Type *getX86_FP80Ty(LLVMContext &C);
420 static Type *getFP128Ty(LLVMContext &C);
421 static Type *getPPC_FP128Ty(LLVMContext &C);
422 static Type *getX86_MMXTy(LLVMContext &C);
423 static Type *getX86_AMXTy(LLVMContext &C);
424 static Type *getTokenTy(LLVMContext &C);
425 static IntegerType *getIntNTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned N);
426 static IntegerType *getInt1Ty(LLVMContext &C);
427 static IntegerType *getInt8Ty(LLVMContext &C);
428 static IntegerType *getInt16Ty(LLVMContext &C);
429 static IntegerType *getInt32Ty(LLVMContext &C);
430 static IntegerType *getInt64Ty(LLVMContext &C);
431 static IntegerType *getInt128Ty(LLVMContext &C);
432 template <typename ScalarTy> static Type *getScalarTy(LLVMContext &C) {
433 int noOfBits = sizeof(ScalarTy) * CHAR_BIT8;
434 if (std::is_integral<ScalarTy>::value) {
435 return (Type*) Type::getIntNTy(C, noOfBits);
436 } else if (std::is_floating_point<ScalarTy>::value) {
437 switch (noOfBits) {
438 case 32:
439 return Type::getFloatTy(C);
440 case 64:
441 return Type::getDoubleTy(C);
442 }
443 }
444 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported type in Type::getScalarTy")__builtin_unreachable();
445 }
446 static Type *getFloatingPointTy(LLVMContext &C, const fltSemantics &S) {
447 Type *Ty;
448 if (&S == &APFloat::IEEEhalf())
449 Ty = Type::getHalfTy(C);
450 else if (&S == &APFloat::BFloat())
451 Ty = Type::getBFloatTy(C);
452 else if (&S == &APFloat::IEEEsingle())
453 Ty = Type::getFloatTy(C);
454 else if (&S == &APFloat::IEEEdouble())
455 Ty = Type::getDoubleTy(C);
456 else if (&S == &APFloat::x87DoubleExtended())
457 Ty = Type::getX86_FP80Ty(C);
458 else if (&S == &APFloat::IEEEquad())
459 Ty = Type::getFP128Ty(C);
460 else {
461 assert(&S == &APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble() && "Unknown FP format")((void)0);
462 Ty = Type::getPPC_FP128Ty(C);
463 }
464 return Ty;
465 }
466
467 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
468 // Convenience methods for getting pointer types with one of the above builtin
469 // types as pointee.
470 //
471 static PointerType *getHalfPtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
472 static PointerType *getBFloatPtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
473 static PointerType *getFloatPtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
474 static PointerType *getDoublePtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
475 static PointerType *getX86_FP80PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
476 static PointerType *getFP128PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
477 static PointerType *getPPC_FP128PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
478 static PointerType *getX86_MMXPtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
479 static PointerType *getX86_AMXPtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
480 static PointerType *getIntNPtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned N, unsigned AS = 0);
481 static PointerType *getInt1PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
482 static PointerType *getInt8PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
483 static PointerType *getInt16PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
484 static PointerType *getInt32PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
485 static PointerType *getInt64PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
486
487 /// Return a pointer to the current type. This is equivalent to
488 /// PointerType::get(Foo, AddrSpace).
489 /// TODO: Remove this after opaque pointer transition is complete.
490 PointerType *getPointerTo(unsigned AddrSpace = 0) const;
491
492private:
493 /// Derived types like structures and arrays are sized iff all of the members
494 /// of the type are sized as well. Since asking for their size is relatively
495 /// uncommon, move this operation out-of-line.
496 bool isSizedDerivedType(SmallPtrSetImpl<Type*> *Visited = nullptr) const;
497};
498
499// Printing of types.
500inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const Type &T) {
501 T.print(OS);
502 return OS;
503}
504
505// allow isa<PointerType>(x) to work without DerivedTypes.h included.
506template <> struct isa_impl<PointerType, Type> {
507 static inline bool doit(const Type &Ty) {
508 return Ty.getTypeID() == Type::PointerTyID;
509 }
510};
511
512// Create wrappers for C Binding types (see CBindingWrapping.h).
513DEFINE_ISA_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS(Type, LLVMTypeRef)inline Type *unwrap(LLVMTypeRef P) { return reinterpret_cast<
Type*>(P); } inline LLVMTypeRef wrap(const Type *P) { return
reinterpret_cast<LLVMTypeRef>(const_cast<Type*>(
P)); } template<typename T> inline T *unwrap(LLVMTypeRef
P) { return cast<T>(unwrap(P)); }
514
515/* Specialized opaque type conversions.
516 */
517inline Type **unwrap(LLVMTypeRef* Tys) {
518 return reinterpret_cast<Type**>(Tys);
519}
520
521inline LLVMTypeRef *wrap(Type **Tys) {
522 return reinterpret_cast<LLVMTypeRef*>(const_cast<Type**>(Tys));
523}
524
525} // end namespace llvm
526
527#endif // LLVM_IR_TYPE_H

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h

1//===- llvm/Instructions.h - Instruction subclass definitions ---*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file exposes the class definitions of all of the subclasses of the
10// Instruction class. This is meant to be an easy way to get access to all
11// instruction subclasses.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_IR_INSTRUCTIONS_H
16#define LLVM_IR_INSTRUCTIONS_H
17
18#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
19#include "llvm/ADT/Bitfields.h"
20#include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
21#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
22#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
23#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
24#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
25#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
28#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
29#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
30#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
31#include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
32#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
33#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
34#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
35#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
36#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
37#include "llvm/IR/OperandTraits.h"
38#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
39#include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
40#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
41#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
42#include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h"
43#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
44#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
45#include <cassert>
46#include <cstddef>
47#include <cstdint>
48#include <iterator>
49
50namespace llvm {
51
52class APInt;
53class ConstantInt;
54class DataLayout;
55class LLVMContext;
56
57//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
58// AllocaInst Class
59//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
60
61/// an instruction to allocate memory on the stack
62class AllocaInst : public UnaryInstruction {
63 Type *AllocatedType;
64
65 using AlignmentField = AlignmentBitfieldElementT<0>;
66 using UsedWithInAllocaField = BoolBitfieldElementT<AlignmentField::NextBit>;
67 using SwiftErrorField = BoolBitfieldElementT<UsedWithInAllocaField::NextBit>;
68 static_assert(Bitfield::areContiguous<AlignmentField, UsedWithInAllocaField,
69 SwiftErrorField>(),
70 "Bitfields must be contiguous");
71
72protected:
73 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
74 friend class Instruction;
75
76 AllocaInst *cloneImpl() const;
77
78public:
79 explicit AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize,
80 const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore);
81 AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize,
82 const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
83
84 AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, const Twine &Name,
85 Instruction *InsertBefore);
86 AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
87 const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
88
89 AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, Align Align,
90 const Twine &Name = "", Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
91 AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, Align Align,
92 const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
93
94 /// Return true if there is an allocation size parameter to the allocation
95 /// instruction that is not 1.
96 bool isArrayAllocation() const;
97
98 /// Get the number of elements allocated. For a simple allocation of a single
99 /// element, this will return a constant 1 value.
100 const Value *getArraySize() const { return getOperand(0); }
101 Value *getArraySize() { return getOperand(0); }
102
103 /// Overload to return most specific pointer type.
104 PointerType *getType() const {
105 return cast<PointerType>(Instruction::getType());
106 }
107
108 /// Get allocation size in bits. Returns None if size can't be determined,
109 /// e.g. in case of a VLA.
110 Optional<TypeSize> getAllocationSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const;
111
112 /// Return the type that is being allocated by the instruction.
113 Type *getAllocatedType() const { return AllocatedType; }
114 /// for use only in special circumstances that need to generically
115 /// transform a whole instruction (eg: IR linking and vectorization).
116 void setAllocatedType(Type *Ty) { AllocatedType = Ty; }
117
118 /// Return the alignment of the memory that is being allocated by the
119 /// instruction.
120 Align getAlign() const {
121 return Align(1ULL << getSubclassData<AlignmentField>());
122 }
123
124 void setAlignment(Align Align) {
125 setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align));
126 }
127
128 // FIXME: Remove this one transition to Align is over.
129 unsigned getAlignment() const { return getAlign().value(); }
130
131 /// Return true if this alloca is in the entry block of the function and is a
132 /// constant size. If so, the code generator will fold it into the
133 /// prolog/epilog code, so it is basically free.
134 bool isStaticAlloca() const;
135
136 /// Return true if this alloca is used as an inalloca argument to a call. Such
137 /// allocas are never considered static even if they are in the entry block.
138 bool isUsedWithInAlloca() const {
139 return getSubclassData<UsedWithInAllocaField>();
140 }
141
142 /// Specify whether this alloca is used to represent the arguments to a call.
143 void setUsedWithInAlloca(bool V) {
144 setSubclassData<UsedWithInAllocaField>(V);
145 }
146
147 /// Return true if this alloca is used as a swifterror argument to a call.
148 bool isSwiftError() const { return getSubclassData<SwiftErrorField>(); }
149 /// Specify whether this alloca is used to represent a swifterror.
150 void setSwiftError(bool V) { setSubclassData<SwiftErrorField>(V); }
151
152 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
153 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
154 return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Alloca);
155 }
156 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
157 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
158 }
159
160private:
161 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
162 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
163 template <typename Bitfield>
164 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
165 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
166 }
167};
168
169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
170// LoadInst Class
171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172
173/// An instruction for reading from memory. This uses the SubclassData field in
174/// Value to store whether or not the load is volatile.
175class LoadInst : public UnaryInstruction {
176 using VolatileField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>;
177 using AlignmentField = AlignmentBitfieldElementT<VolatileField::NextBit>;
178 using OrderingField = AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<AlignmentField::NextBit>;
179 static_assert(
180 Bitfield::areContiguous<VolatileField, AlignmentField, OrderingField>(),
181 "Bitfields must be contiguous");
182
183 void AssertOK();
184
185protected:
186 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
187 friend class Instruction;
188
189 LoadInst *cloneImpl() const;
190
191public:
192 LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr,
193 Instruction *InsertBefore);
194 LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
195 LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile,
196 Instruction *InsertBefore);
197 LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile,
198 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
199 LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile,
200 Align Align, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
201 LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile,
202 Align Align, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
203 LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile,
204 Align Align, AtomicOrdering Order,
205 SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System,
206 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
207 LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile,
208 Align Align, AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID,
209 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
210
211 /// Return true if this is a load from a volatile memory location.
212 bool isVolatile() const { return getSubclassData<VolatileField>(); }
213
214 /// Specify whether this is a volatile load or not.
215 void setVolatile(bool V) { setSubclassData<VolatileField>(V); }
216
217 /// Return the alignment of the access that is being performed.
218 /// FIXME: Remove this function once transition to Align is over.
219 /// Use getAlign() instead.
220 unsigned getAlignment() const { return getAlign().value(); }
221
222 /// Return the alignment of the access that is being performed.
223 Align getAlign() const {
224 return Align(1ULL << (getSubclassData<AlignmentField>()));
225 }
226
227 void setAlignment(Align Align) {
228 setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align));
229 }
230
231 /// Returns the ordering constraint of this load instruction.
232 AtomicOrdering getOrdering() const {
233 return getSubclassData<OrderingField>();
234 }
235 /// Sets the ordering constraint of this load instruction. May not be Release
236 /// or AcquireRelease.
237 void setOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) {
238 setSubclassData<OrderingField>(Ordering);
239 }
240
241 /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this load instruction.
242 SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const {
243 return SSID;
244 }
245
246 /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this load instruction.
247 void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) {
248 this->SSID = SSID;
249 }
250
251 /// Sets the ordering constraint and the synchronization scope ID of this load
252 /// instruction.
253 void setAtomic(AtomicOrdering Ordering,
254 SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System) {
255 setOrdering(Ordering);
256 setSyncScopeID(SSID);
257 }
258
259 bool isSimple() const { return !isAtomic() && !isVolatile(); }
260
261 bool isUnordered() const {
262 return (getOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic ||
263 getOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Unordered) &&
264 !isVolatile();
265 }
266
267 Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); }
268 const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); }
269 static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; }
270 Type *getPointerOperandType() const { return getPointerOperand()->getType(); }
271
272 /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
273 unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
274 return getPointerOperandType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
275 }
276
277 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
278 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
279 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Load;
280 }
281 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
282 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
283 }
284
285private:
286 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
287 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
288 template <typename Bitfield>
289 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
290 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
291 }
292
293 /// The synchronization scope ID of this load instruction. Not quite enough
294 /// room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID gets its
295 /// own field.
296 SyncScope::ID SSID;
297};
298
299//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
300// StoreInst Class
301//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
302
303/// An instruction for storing to memory.
304class StoreInst : public Instruction {
305 using VolatileField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>;
306 using AlignmentField = AlignmentBitfieldElementT<VolatileField::NextBit>;
307 using OrderingField = AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<AlignmentField::NextBit>;
308 static_assert(
309 Bitfield::areContiguous<VolatileField, AlignmentField, OrderingField>(),
310 "Bitfields must be contiguous");
311
312 void AssertOK();
313
314protected:
315 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
316 friend class Instruction;
317
318 StoreInst *cloneImpl() const;
319
320public:
321 StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, Instruction *InsertBefore);
322 StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
323 StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Instruction *InsertBefore);
324 StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
325 StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Align Align,
326 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
327 StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Align Align,
328 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
329 StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Align Align,
330 AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System,
331 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
332 StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Align Align,
333 AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
334
335 // allocate space for exactly two operands
336 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); }
337 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); }
338
339 /// Return true if this is a store to a volatile memory location.
340 bool isVolatile() const { return getSubclassData<VolatileField>(); }
341
342 /// Specify whether this is a volatile store or not.
343 void setVolatile(bool V) { setSubclassData<VolatileField>(V); }
344
345 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
346 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
347
348 /// Return the alignment of the access that is being performed
349 /// FIXME: Remove this function once transition to Align is over.
350 /// Use getAlign() instead.
351 unsigned getAlignment() const { return getAlign().value(); }
352
353 Align getAlign() const {
354 return Align(1ULL << (getSubclassData<AlignmentField>()));
355 }
356
357 void setAlignment(Align Align) {
358 setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align));
359 }
360
361 /// Returns the ordering constraint of this store instruction.
362 AtomicOrdering getOrdering() const {
363 return getSubclassData<OrderingField>();
364 }
365
366 /// Sets the ordering constraint of this store instruction. May not be
367 /// Acquire or AcquireRelease.
368 void setOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) {
369 setSubclassData<OrderingField>(Ordering);
370 }
371
372 /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this store instruction.
373 SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const {
374 return SSID;
375 }
376
377 /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this store instruction.
378 void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) {
379 this->SSID = SSID;
380 }
381
382 /// Sets the ordering constraint and the synchronization scope ID of this
383 /// store instruction.
384 void setAtomic(AtomicOrdering Ordering,
385 SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System) {
386 setOrdering(Ordering);
387 setSyncScopeID(SSID);
388 }
389
390 bool isSimple() const { return !isAtomic() && !isVolatile(); }
391
392 bool isUnordered() const {
393 return (getOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic ||
394 getOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Unordered) &&
395 !isVolatile();
396 }
397
398 Value *getValueOperand() { return getOperand(0); }
399 const Value *getValueOperand() const { return getOperand(0); }
400
401 Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(1); }
402 const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(1); }
403 static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 1U; }
404 Type *getPointerOperandType() const { return getPointerOperand()->getType(); }
405
406 /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
407 unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
408 return getPointerOperandType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
409 }
410
411 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
412 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
413 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Store;
414 }
415 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
416 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
417 }
418
419private:
420 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
421 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
422 template <typename Bitfield>
423 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
424 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
425 }
426
427 /// The synchronization scope ID of this store instruction. Not quite enough
428 /// room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID gets its
429 /// own field.
430 SyncScope::ID SSID;
431};
432
433template <>
434struct OperandTraits<StoreInst> : public FixedNumOperandTraits<StoreInst, 2> {
435};
436
437DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(StoreInst, Value)StoreInst::op_iterator StoreInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits
<StoreInst>::op_begin(this); } StoreInst::const_op_iterator
StoreInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<StoreInst
>::op_begin(const_cast<StoreInst*>(this)); } StoreInst
::op_iterator StoreInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<StoreInst
>::op_end(this); } StoreInst::const_op_iterator StoreInst::
op_end() const { return OperandTraits<StoreInst>::op_end
(const_cast<StoreInst*>(this)); } Value *StoreInst::getOperand
(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<StoreInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<StoreInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void StoreInst
::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((
void)0); OperandTraits<StoreInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture
] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned StoreInst::getNumOperands() const
{ return OperandTraits<StoreInst>::operands(this); } template
<int Idx_nocapture> Use &StoreInst::Op() { return this
->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture
> const Use &StoreInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom
<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
438
439//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
440// FenceInst Class
441//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
442
443/// An instruction for ordering other memory operations.
444class FenceInst : public Instruction {
445 using OrderingField = AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<0>;
446
447 void Init(AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID);
448
449protected:
450 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
451 friend class Instruction;
452
453 FenceInst *cloneImpl() const;
454
455public:
456 // Ordering may only be Acquire, Release, AcquireRelease, or
457 // SequentiallyConsistent.
458 FenceInst(LLVMContext &C, AtomicOrdering Ordering,
459 SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System,
460 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
461 FenceInst(LLVMContext &C, AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID,
462 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
463
464 // allocate space for exactly zero operands
465 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 0); }
466 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); }
467
468 /// Returns the ordering constraint of this fence instruction.
469 AtomicOrdering getOrdering() const {
470 return getSubclassData<OrderingField>();
471 }
472
473 /// Sets the ordering constraint of this fence instruction. May only be
474 /// Acquire, Release, AcquireRelease, or SequentiallyConsistent.
475 void setOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) {
476 setSubclassData<OrderingField>(Ordering);
477 }
478
479 /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this fence instruction.
480 SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const {
481 return SSID;
482 }
483
484 /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this fence instruction.
485 void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) {
486 this->SSID = SSID;
487 }
488
489 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
490 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
491 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Fence;
492 }
493 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
494 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
495 }
496
497private:
498 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
499 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
500 template <typename Bitfield>
501 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
502 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
503 }
504
505 /// The synchronization scope ID of this fence instruction. Not quite enough
506 /// room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID gets its
507 /// own field.
508 SyncScope::ID SSID;
509};
510
511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512// AtomicCmpXchgInst Class
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514
515/// An instruction that atomically checks whether a
516/// specified value is in a memory location, and, if it is, stores a new value
517/// there. The value returned by this instruction is a pair containing the
518/// original value as first element, and an i1 indicating success (true) or
519/// failure (false) as second element.
520///
521class AtomicCmpXchgInst : public Instruction {
522 void Init(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal, Align Align,
523 AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering, AtomicOrdering FailureOrdering,
524 SyncScope::ID SSID);
525
526 template <unsigned Offset>
527 using AtomicOrderingBitfieldElement =
528 typename Bitfield::Element<AtomicOrdering, Offset, 3,
529 AtomicOrdering::LAST>;
530
531protected:
532 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
533 friend class Instruction;
534
535 AtomicCmpXchgInst *cloneImpl() const;
536
537public:
538 AtomicCmpXchgInst(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal, Align Alignment,
539 AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering,
540 AtomicOrdering FailureOrdering, SyncScope::ID SSID,
541 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
542 AtomicCmpXchgInst(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal, Align Alignment,
543 AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering,
544 AtomicOrdering FailureOrdering, SyncScope::ID SSID,
545 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
546
547 // allocate space for exactly three operands
548 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 3); }
549 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); }
550
551 using VolatileField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>;
552 using WeakField = BoolBitfieldElementT<VolatileField::NextBit>;
553 using SuccessOrderingField =
554 AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<WeakField::NextBit>;
555 using FailureOrderingField =
556 AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<SuccessOrderingField::NextBit>;
557 using AlignmentField =
558 AlignmentBitfieldElementT<FailureOrderingField::NextBit>;
559 static_assert(
560 Bitfield::areContiguous<VolatileField, WeakField, SuccessOrderingField,
561 FailureOrderingField, AlignmentField>(),
562 "Bitfields must be contiguous");
563
564 /// Return the alignment of the memory that is being allocated by the
565 /// instruction.
566 Align getAlign() const {
567 return Align(1ULL << getSubclassData<AlignmentField>());
568 }
569
570 void setAlignment(Align Align) {
571 setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align));
572 }
573
574 /// Return true if this is a cmpxchg from a volatile memory
575 /// location.
576 ///
577 bool isVolatile() const { return getSubclassData<VolatileField>(); }
578
579 /// Specify whether this is a volatile cmpxchg.
580 ///
581 void setVolatile(bool V) { setSubclassData<VolatileField>(V); }
582
583 /// Return true if this cmpxchg may spuriously fail.
584 bool isWeak() const { return getSubclassData<WeakField>(); }
585
586 void setWeak(bool IsWeak) { setSubclassData<WeakField>(IsWeak); }
587
588 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
589 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
590
591 static bool isValidSuccessOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) {
592 return Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic &&
593 Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Unordered;
594 }
595
596 static bool isValidFailureOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) {
597 return Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic &&
598 Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Unordered &&
599 Ordering != AtomicOrdering::AcquireRelease &&
600 Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Release;
601 }
602
603 /// Returns the success ordering constraint of this cmpxchg instruction.
604 AtomicOrdering getSuccessOrdering() const {
605 return getSubclassData<SuccessOrderingField>();
606 }
607
608 /// Sets the success ordering constraint of this cmpxchg instruction.
609 void setSuccessOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) {
610 assert(isValidSuccessOrdering(Ordering) &&((void)0)
611 "invalid CmpXchg success ordering")((void)0);
612 setSubclassData<SuccessOrderingField>(Ordering);
613 }
614
615 /// Returns the failure ordering constraint of this cmpxchg instruction.
616 AtomicOrdering getFailureOrdering() const {
617 return getSubclassData<FailureOrderingField>();
618 }
619
620 /// Sets the failure ordering constraint of this cmpxchg instruction.
621 void setFailureOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) {
622 assert(isValidFailureOrdering(Ordering) &&((void)0)
623 "invalid CmpXchg failure ordering")((void)0);
624 setSubclassData<FailureOrderingField>(Ordering);
625 }
626
627 /// Returns a single ordering which is at least as strong as both the
628 /// success and failure orderings for this cmpxchg.
629 AtomicOrdering getMergedOrdering() const {
630 if (getFailureOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent)
631 return AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent;
632 if (getFailureOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Acquire) {
633 if (getSuccessOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Monotonic)
634 return AtomicOrdering::Acquire;
635 if (getSuccessOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Release)
636 return AtomicOrdering::AcquireRelease;
637 }
638 return getSuccessOrdering();
639 }
640
641 /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this cmpxchg instruction.
642 SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const {
643 return SSID;
644 }
645
646 /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this cmpxchg instruction.
647 void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) {
648 this->SSID = SSID;
649 }
650
651 Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); }
652 const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); }
653 static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; }
654
655 Value *getCompareOperand() { return getOperand(1); }
656 const Value *getCompareOperand() const { return getOperand(1); }
657
658 Value *getNewValOperand() { return getOperand(2); }
659 const Value *getNewValOperand() const { return getOperand(2); }
660
661 /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
662 unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
663 return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
664 }
665
666 /// Returns the strongest permitted ordering on failure, given the
667 /// desired ordering on success.
668 ///
669 /// If the comparison in a cmpxchg operation fails, there is no atomic store
670 /// so release semantics cannot be provided. So this function drops explicit
671 /// Release requests from the AtomicOrdering. A SequentiallyConsistent
672 /// operation would remain SequentiallyConsistent.
673 static AtomicOrdering
674 getStrongestFailureOrdering(AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering) {
675 switch (SuccessOrdering) {
676 default:
677 llvm_unreachable("invalid cmpxchg success ordering")__builtin_unreachable();
678 case AtomicOrdering::Release:
679 case AtomicOrdering::Monotonic:
680 return AtomicOrdering::Monotonic;
681 case AtomicOrdering::AcquireRelease:
682 case AtomicOrdering::Acquire:
683 return AtomicOrdering::Acquire;
684 case AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent:
685 return AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent;
686 }
687 }
688
689 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
690 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
691 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg;
692 }
693 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
694 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
695 }
696
697private:
698 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
699 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
700 template <typename Bitfield>
701 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
702 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
703 }
704
705 /// The synchronization scope ID of this cmpxchg instruction. Not quite
706 /// enough room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID
707 /// gets its own field.
708 SyncScope::ID SSID;
709};
710
711template <>
712struct OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst> :
713 public FixedNumOperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst, 3> {
714};
715
716DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(AtomicCmpXchgInst, Value)AtomicCmpXchgInst::op_iterator AtomicCmpXchgInst::op_begin() {
return OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_begin(this
); } AtomicCmpXchgInst::const_op_iterator AtomicCmpXchgInst::
op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>
::op_begin(const_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst*>(this)); } AtomicCmpXchgInst
::op_iterator AtomicCmpXchgInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits
<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_end(this); } AtomicCmpXchgInst::
const_op_iterator AtomicCmpXchgInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits
<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_end(const_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst
*>(this)); } Value *AtomicCmpXchgInst::getOperand(unsigned
i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null<Value
>( OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<AtomicCmpXchgInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void
AtomicCmpXchgInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture
) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_begin
(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned AtomicCmpXchgInst
::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst
>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use
&AtomicCmpXchgInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &
AtomicCmpXchgInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); }
717
718//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
719// AtomicRMWInst Class
720//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
721
722/// an instruction that atomically reads a memory location,
723/// combines it with another value, and then stores the result back. Returns
724/// the old value.
725///
726class AtomicRMWInst : public Instruction {
727protected:
728 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
729 friend class Instruction;
730
731 AtomicRMWInst *cloneImpl() const;
732
733public:
734 /// This enumeration lists the possible modifications atomicrmw can make. In
735 /// the descriptions, 'p' is the pointer to the instruction's memory location,
736 /// 'old' is the initial value of *p, and 'v' is the other value passed to the
737 /// instruction. These instructions always return 'old'.
738 enum BinOp : unsigned {
739 /// *p = v
740 Xchg,
741 /// *p = old + v
742 Add,
743 /// *p = old - v
744 Sub,
745 /// *p = old & v
746 And,
747 /// *p = ~(old & v)
748 Nand,
749 /// *p = old | v
750 Or,
751 /// *p = old ^ v
752 Xor,
753 /// *p = old >signed v ? old : v
754 Max,
755 /// *p = old <signed v ? old : v
756 Min,
757 /// *p = old >unsigned v ? old : v
758 UMax,
759 /// *p = old <unsigned v ? old : v
760 UMin,
761
762 /// *p = old + v
763 FAdd,
764
765 /// *p = old - v
766 FSub,
767
768 FIRST_BINOP = Xchg,
769 LAST_BINOP = FSub,
770 BAD_BINOP
771 };
772
773private:
774 template <unsigned Offset>
775 using AtomicOrderingBitfieldElement =
776 typename Bitfield::Element<AtomicOrdering, Offset, 3,
777 AtomicOrdering::LAST>;
778
779 template <unsigned Offset>
780 using BinOpBitfieldElement =
781 typename Bitfield::Element<BinOp, Offset, 4, BinOp::LAST_BINOP>;
782
783public:
784 AtomicRMWInst(BinOp Operation, Value *Ptr, Value *Val, Align Alignment,
785 AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID,
786 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
787 AtomicRMWInst(BinOp Operation, Value *Ptr, Value *Val, Align Alignment,
788 AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID,
789 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
790
791 // allocate space for exactly two operands
792 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); }
793 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); }
794
795 using VolatileField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>;
796 using AtomicOrderingField =
797 AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<VolatileField::NextBit>;
798 using OperationField = BinOpBitfieldElement<AtomicOrderingField::NextBit>;
799 using AlignmentField = AlignmentBitfieldElementT<OperationField::NextBit>;
800 static_assert(Bitfield::areContiguous<VolatileField, AtomicOrderingField,
801 OperationField, AlignmentField>(),
802 "Bitfields must be contiguous");
803
804 BinOp getOperation() const { return getSubclassData<OperationField>(); }
805
806 static StringRef getOperationName(BinOp Op);
807
808 static bool isFPOperation(BinOp Op) {
809 switch (Op) {
810 case AtomicRMWInst::FAdd:
811 case AtomicRMWInst::FSub:
812 return true;
813 default:
814 return false;
815 }
816 }
817
818 void setOperation(BinOp Operation) {
819 setSubclassData<OperationField>(Operation);
820 }
821
822 /// Return the alignment of the memory that is being allocated by the
823 /// instruction.
824 Align getAlign() const {
825 return Align(1ULL << getSubclassData<AlignmentField>());
826 }
827
828 void setAlignment(Align Align) {
829 setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align));
830 }
831
832 /// Return true if this is a RMW on a volatile memory location.
833 ///
834 bool isVolatile() const { return getSubclassData<VolatileField>(); }
835
836 /// Specify whether this is a volatile RMW or not.
837 ///
838 void setVolatile(bool V) { setSubclassData<VolatileField>(V); }
839
840 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
841 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
842
843 /// Returns the ordering constraint of this rmw instruction.
844 AtomicOrdering getOrdering() const {
845 return getSubclassData<AtomicOrderingField>();
846 }
847
848 /// Sets the ordering constraint of this rmw instruction.
849 void setOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) {
850 assert(Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic &&((void)0)
851 "atomicrmw instructions can only be atomic.")((void)0);
852 setSubclassData<AtomicOrderingField>(Ordering);
853 }
854
855 /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this rmw instruction.
856 SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const {
857 return SSID;
858 }
859
860 /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this rmw instruction.
861 void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) {
862 this->SSID = SSID;
863 }
864
865 Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); }
866 const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); }
867 static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; }
868
869 Value *getValOperand() { return getOperand(1); }
870 const Value *getValOperand() const { return getOperand(1); }
871
872 /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
873 unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
874 return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
875 }
876
877 bool isFloatingPointOperation() const {
878 return isFPOperation(getOperation());
879 }
880
881 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
882 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
883 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::AtomicRMW;
884 }
885 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
886 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
887 }
888
889private:
890 void Init(BinOp Operation, Value *Ptr, Value *Val, Align Align,
891 AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID);
892
893 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
894 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
895 template <typename Bitfield>
896 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
897 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
898 }
899
900 /// The synchronization scope ID of this rmw instruction. Not quite enough
901 /// room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID gets its
902 /// own field.
903 SyncScope::ID SSID;
904};
905
906template <>
907struct OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>
908 : public FixedNumOperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst,2> {
909};
910
911DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(AtomicRMWInst, Value)AtomicRMWInst::op_iterator AtomicRMWInst::op_begin() { return
OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(this); } AtomicRMWInst
::const_op_iterator AtomicRMWInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits
<AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(const_cast<AtomicRMWInst*>
(this)); } AtomicRMWInst::op_iterator AtomicRMWInst::op_end()
{ return OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_end(this); }
AtomicRMWInst::const_op_iterator AtomicRMWInst::op_end() const
{ return OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_end(const_cast
<AtomicRMWInst*>(this)); } Value *AtomicRMWInst::getOperand
(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<AtomicRMWInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void AtomicRMWInst
::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((
void)0); OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture
] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned AtomicRMWInst::getNumOperands()
const { return OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::operands(
this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &AtomicRMWInst
::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &AtomicRMWInst
::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this
); }
912
913//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
914// GetElementPtrInst Class
915//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
916
917// checkGEPType - Simple wrapper function to give a better assertion failure
918// message on bad indexes for a gep instruction.
919//
920inline Type *checkGEPType(Type *Ty) {
921 assert(Ty && "Invalid GetElementPtrInst indices for type!")((void)0);
922 return Ty;
923}
924
925/// an instruction for type-safe pointer arithmetic to
926/// access elements of arrays and structs
927///
928class GetElementPtrInst : public Instruction {
929 Type *SourceElementType;
930 Type *ResultElementType;
931
932 GetElementPtrInst(const GetElementPtrInst &GEPI);
933
934 /// Constructors - Create a getelementptr instruction with a base pointer an
935 /// list of indices. The first ctor can optionally insert before an existing
936 /// instruction, the second appends the new instruction to the specified
937 /// BasicBlock.
938 inline GetElementPtrInst(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr,
939 ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, unsigned Values,
940 const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore);
941 inline GetElementPtrInst(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr,
942 ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, unsigned Values,
943 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
944
945 void init(Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr);
946
947protected:
948 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
949 friend class Instruction;
950
951 GetElementPtrInst *cloneImpl() const;
952
953public:
954 static GetElementPtrInst *Create(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr,
955 ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList,
956 const Twine &NameStr = "",
957 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
958 unsigned Values = 1 + unsigned(IdxList.size());
959 assert(PointeeType && "Must specify element type")((void)0);
960 assert(cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType())((void)0)
961 ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType))((void)0);
962 return new (Values) GetElementPtrInst(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList, Values,
963 NameStr, InsertBefore);
964 }
965
966 static GetElementPtrInst *Create(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr,
967 ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList,
968 const Twine &NameStr,
969 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
970 unsigned Values = 1 + unsigned(IdxList.size());
971 assert(PointeeType && "Must specify element type")((void)0);
972 assert(cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType())((void)0)
973 ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType))((void)0);
974 return new (Values) GetElementPtrInst(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList, Values,
975 NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
976 }
977
978 LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED(static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds([[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead"
)]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef
<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "", Instruction
*InsertBefore = nullptr)
979 Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "",[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead"
)]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef
<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "", Instruction
*InsertBefore = nullptr)
980 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr),[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead"
)]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef
<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "", Instruction
*InsertBefore = nullptr)
981 "Use the version with explicit element type instead")[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead"
)]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef
<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "", Instruction
*InsertBefore = nullptr)
{
982 return CreateInBounds(
983 Ptr->getType()->getScalarType()->getPointerElementType(), Ptr, IdxList,
984 NameStr, InsertBefore);
985 }
986
987 /// Create an "inbounds" getelementptr. See the documentation for the
988 /// "inbounds" flag in LangRef.html for details.
989 static GetElementPtrInst *
990 CreateInBounds(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList,
991 const Twine &NameStr = "",
992 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
993 GetElementPtrInst *GEP =
994 Create(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList, NameStr, InsertBefore);
995 GEP->setIsInBounds(true);
996 return GEP;
997 }
998
999 LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED(static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds([[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead"
)]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef
<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock
*InsertAtEnd)
1000 Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr,[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead"
)]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef
<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock
*InsertAtEnd)
1001 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd),[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead"
)]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef
<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock
*InsertAtEnd)
1002 "Use the version with explicit element type instead")[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead"
)]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef
<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock
*InsertAtEnd)
{
1003 return CreateInBounds(
1004 Ptr->getType()->getScalarType()->getPointerElementType(), Ptr, IdxList,
1005 NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
1006 }
1007
1008 static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr,
1009 ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList,
1010 const Twine &NameStr,
1011 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1012 GetElementPtrInst *GEP =
1013 Create(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
1014 GEP->setIsInBounds(true);
1015 return GEP;
1016 }
1017
1018 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
1019 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
1020
1021 Type *getSourceElementType() const { return SourceElementType; }
1022
1023 void setSourceElementType(Type *Ty) { SourceElementType = Ty; }
1024 void setResultElementType(Type *Ty) { ResultElementType = Ty; }
1025
1026 Type *getResultElementType() const {
1027 assert(cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType())((void)0)
1028 ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType))((void)0);
1029 return ResultElementType;
1030 }
1031
1032 /// Returns the address space of this instruction's pointer type.
1033 unsigned getAddressSpace() const {
1034 // Note that this is always the same as the pointer operand's address space
1035 // and that is cheaper to compute, so cheat here.
1036 return getPointerAddressSpace();
1037 }
1038
1039 /// Returns the result type of a getelementptr with the given source
1040 /// element type and indexes.
1041 ///
1042 /// Null is returned if the indices are invalid for the specified
1043 /// source element type.
1044 static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList);
1045 static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList);
1046 static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<uint64_t> IdxList);
1047
1048 /// Return the type of the element at the given index of an indexable
1049 /// type. This is equivalent to "getIndexedType(Agg, {Zero, Idx})".
1050 ///
1051 /// Returns null if the type can't be indexed, or the given index is not
1052 /// legal for the given type.
1053 static Type *getTypeAtIndex(Type *Ty, Value *Idx);
1054 static Type *getTypeAtIndex(Type *Ty, uint64_t Idx);
1055
1056 inline op_iterator idx_begin() { return op_begin()+1; }
1057 inline const_op_iterator idx_begin() const { return op_begin()+1; }
1058 inline op_iterator idx_end() { return op_end(); }
1059 inline const_op_iterator idx_end() const { return op_end(); }
1060
1061 inline iterator_range<op_iterator> indices() {
1062 return make_range(idx_begin(), idx_end());
1063 }
1064
1065 inline iterator_range<const_op_iterator> indices() const {
1066 return make_range(idx_begin(), idx_end());
1067 }
1068
1069 Value *getPointerOperand() {
1070 return getOperand(0);
1071 }
1072 const Value *getPointerOperand() const {
1073 return getOperand(0);
1074 }
1075 static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() {
1076 return 0U; // get index for modifying correct operand.
1077 }
1078
1079 /// Method to return the pointer operand as a
1080 /// PointerType.
1081 Type *getPointerOperandType() const {
1082 return getPointerOperand()->getType();
1083 }
1084
1085 /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
1086 unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
1087 return getPointerOperandType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1088 }
1089
1090 /// Returns the pointer type returned by the GEP
1091 /// instruction, which may be a vector of pointers.
1092 static Type *getGEPReturnType(Type *ElTy, Value *Ptr,
1093 ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) {
1094 PointerType *OrigPtrTy = cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType());
1095 unsigned AddrSpace = OrigPtrTy->getAddressSpace();
1096 Type *ResultElemTy = checkGEPType(getIndexedType(ElTy, IdxList));
1097 Type *PtrTy = OrigPtrTy->isOpaque()
1098 ? PointerType::get(OrigPtrTy->getContext(), AddrSpace)
1099 : PointerType::get(ResultElemTy, AddrSpace);
1100 // Vector GEP
1101 if (auto *PtrVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ptr->getType())) {
1102 ElementCount EltCount = PtrVTy->getElementCount();
1103 return VectorType::get(PtrTy, EltCount);
1104 }
1105 for (Value *Index : IdxList)
1106 if (auto *IndexVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Index->getType())) {
1107 ElementCount EltCount = IndexVTy->getElementCount();
1108 return VectorType::get(PtrTy, EltCount);
1109 }
1110 // Scalar GEP
1111 return PtrTy;
1112 }
1113
1114 unsigned getNumIndices() const { // Note: always non-negative
1115 return getNumOperands() - 1;
1116 }
1117
1118 bool hasIndices() const {
1119 return getNumOperands() > 1;
1120 }
1121
1122 /// Return true if all of the indices of this GEP are
1123 /// zeros. If so, the result pointer and the first operand have the same
1124 /// value, just potentially different types.
1125 bool hasAllZeroIndices() const;
1126
1127 /// Return true if all of the indices of this GEP are
1128 /// constant integers. If so, the result pointer and the first operand have
1129 /// a constant offset between them.
1130 bool hasAllConstantIndices() const;
1131
1132 /// Set or clear the inbounds flag on this GEP instruction.
1133 /// See LangRef.html for the meaning of inbounds on a getelementptr.
1134 void setIsInBounds(bool b = true);
1135
1136 /// Determine whether the GEP has the inbounds flag.
1137 bool isInBounds() const;
1138
1139 /// Accumulate the constant address offset of this GEP if possible.
1140 ///
1141 /// This routine accepts an APInt into which it will accumulate the constant
1142 /// offset of this GEP if the GEP is in fact constant. If the GEP is not
1143 /// all-constant, it returns false and the value of the offset APInt is
1144 /// undefined (it is *not* preserved!). The APInt passed into this routine
1145 /// must be at least as wide as the IntPtr type for the address space of
1146 /// the base GEP pointer.
1147 bool accumulateConstantOffset(const DataLayout &DL, APInt &Offset) const;
1148 bool collectOffset(const DataLayout &DL, unsigned BitWidth,
1149 MapVector<Value *, APInt> &VariableOffsets,
1150 APInt &ConstantOffset) const;
1151 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
1152 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
1153 return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr);
1154 }
1155 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
1156 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
1157 }
1158};
1159
1160template <>
1161struct OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst> :
1162 public VariadicOperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst, 1> {
1163};
1164
1165GetElementPtrInst::GetElementPtrInst(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr,
1166 ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, unsigned Values,
1167 const Twine &NameStr,
1168 Instruction *InsertBefore)
1169 : Instruction(getGEPReturnType(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList), GetElementPtr,
1170 OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_end(this) - Values,
1171 Values, InsertBefore),
1172 SourceElementType(PointeeType),
1173 ResultElementType(getIndexedType(PointeeType, IdxList)) {
1174 assert(cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType())((void)0)
1175 ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType))((void)0);
1176 init(Ptr, IdxList, NameStr);
1177}
1178
1179GetElementPtrInst::GetElementPtrInst(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr,
1180 ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, unsigned Values,
1181 const Twine &NameStr,
1182 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
1183 : Instruction(getGEPReturnType(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList), GetElementPtr,
1184 OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_end(this) - Values,
1185 Values, InsertAtEnd),
1186 SourceElementType(PointeeType),
1187 ResultElementType(getIndexedType(PointeeType, IdxList)) {
1188 assert(cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType())((void)0)
1189 ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType))((void)0);
1190 init(Ptr, IdxList, NameStr);
1191}
1192
1193DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(GetElementPtrInst, Value)GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator GetElementPtrInst::op_begin() {
return OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_begin(this
); } GetElementPtrInst::const_op_iterator GetElementPtrInst::
op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>
::op_begin(const_cast<GetElementPtrInst*>(this)); } GetElementPtrInst
::op_iterator GetElementPtrInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits
<GetElementPtrInst>::op_end(this); } GetElementPtrInst::
const_op_iterator GetElementPtrInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits
<GetElementPtrInst>::op_end(const_cast<GetElementPtrInst
*>(this)); } Value *GetElementPtrInst::getOperand(unsigned
i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null<Value
>( OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<GetElementPtrInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void
GetElementPtrInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture
) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_begin
(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned GetElementPtrInst
::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst
>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use
&GetElementPtrInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &
GetElementPtrInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); }
1194
1195//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1196// ICmpInst Class
1197//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1198
1199/// This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given
1200/// to the constructor. It only operates on integers or pointers. The operands
1201/// must be identical types.
1202/// Represent an integer comparison operator.
1203class ICmpInst: public CmpInst {
1204 void AssertOK() {
1205 assert(isIntPredicate() &&((void)0)
1206 "Invalid ICmp predicate value")((void)0);
1207 assert(getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand(1)->getType() &&((void)0)
1208 "Both operands to ICmp instruction are not of the same type!")((void)0);
1209 // Check that the operands are the right type
1210 assert((getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() ||((void)0)
1211 getOperand(0)->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) &&((void)0)
1212 "Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction")((void)0);
1213 }
1214
1215protected:
1216 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
1217 friend class Instruction;
1218
1219 /// Clone an identical ICmpInst
1220 ICmpInst *cloneImpl() const;
1221
1222public:
1223 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics.
1224 ICmpInst(
1225 Instruction *InsertBefore, ///< Where to insert
1226 Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
1227 Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression
1228 Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression
1229 const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction
1230 ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()),
1231 Instruction::ICmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr,
1232 InsertBefore) {
1233#ifndef NDEBUG1
1234 AssertOK();
1235#endif
1236 }
1237
1238 /// Constructor with insert-at-end semantics.
1239 ICmpInst(
1240 BasicBlock &InsertAtEnd, ///< Block to insert into.
1241 Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
1242 Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression
1243 Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression
1244 const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction
1245 ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()),
1246 Instruction::ICmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr,
1247 &InsertAtEnd) {
1248#ifndef NDEBUG1
1249 AssertOK();
1250#endif
1251 }
1252
1253 /// Constructor with no-insertion semantics
1254 ICmpInst(
1255 Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
1256 Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression
1257 Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression
1258 const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction
1259 ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()),
1260 Instruction::ICmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr) {
1261#ifndef NDEBUG1
1262 AssertOK();
1263#endif
1264 }
1265
1266 /// For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->SLE, UGT->SGT, etc.
1267 /// @returns the predicate that would be the result if the operand were
1268 /// regarded as signed.
1269 /// Return the signed version of the predicate
1270 Predicate getSignedPredicate() const {
1271 return getSignedPredicate(getPredicate());
1272 }
1273
1274 /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction.
1275 /// Return the signed version of the predicate.
1276 static Predicate getSignedPredicate(Predicate pred);
1277
1278 /// For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->ULE, UGT->UGT, etc.
1279 /// @returns the predicate that would be the result if the operand were
1280 /// regarded as unsigned.
1281 /// Return the unsigned version of the predicate
1282 Predicate getUnsignedPredicate() const {
1283 return getUnsignedPredicate(getPredicate());
1284 }
1285
1286 /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction.
1287 /// Return the unsigned version of the predicate.
1288 static Predicate getUnsignedPredicate(Predicate pred);
1289
1290 /// Return true if this predicate is either EQ or NE. This also
1291 /// tests for commutativity.
1292 static bool isEquality(Predicate P) {
1293 return P == ICMP_EQ || P == ICMP_NE;
1294 }
1295
1296 /// Return true if this predicate is either EQ or NE. This also
1297 /// tests for commutativity.
1298 bool isEquality() const {
1299 return isEquality(getPredicate());
1300 }
1301
1302 /// @returns true if the predicate of this ICmpInst is commutative
1303 /// Determine if this relation is commutative.
1304 bool isCommutative() const { return isEquality(); }
1305
1306 /// Return true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE).
1307 ///
1308 bool isRelational() const {
1309 return !isEquality();
1310 }
1311
1312 /// Return true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE).
1313 ///
1314 static bool isRelational(Predicate P) {
1315 return !isEquality(P);
1316 }
1317
1318 /// Return true if the predicate is SGT or UGT.
1319 ///
1320 static bool isGT(Predicate P) {
1321 return P == ICMP_SGT || P == ICMP_UGT;
1322 }
1323
1324 /// Return true if the predicate is SLT or ULT.
1325 ///
1326 static bool isLT(Predicate P) {
1327 return P == ICMP_SLT || P == ICMP_ULT;
1328 }
1329
1330 /// Return true if the predicate is SGE or UGE.
1331 ///
1332 static bool isGE(Predicate P) {
1333 return P == ICMP_SGE || P == ICMP_UGE;
1334 }
1335
1336 /// Return true if the predicate is SLE or ULE.
1337 ///
1338 static bool isLE(Predicate P) {
1339 return P == ICMP_SLE || P == ICMP_ULE;
1340 }
1341
1342 /// Exchange the two operands to this instruction in such a way that it does
1343 /// not modify the semantics of the instruction. The predicate value may be
1344 /// changed to retain the same result if the predicate is order dependent
1345 /// (e.g. ult).
1346 /// Swap operands and adjust predicate.
1347 void swapOperands() {
1348 setPredicate(getSwappedPredicate());
1349 Op<0>().swap(Op<1>());
1350 }
1351
1352 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
1353 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
1354 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ICmp;
1355 }
1356 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
1357 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
1358 }
1359};
1360
1361//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1362// FCmpInst Class
1363//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1364
1365/// This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given
1366/// to the constructor. It only operates on floating point values or packed
1367/// vectors of floating point values. The operands must be identical types.
1368/// Represents a floating point comparison operator.
1369class FCmpInst: public CmpInst {
1370 void AssertOK() {
1371 assert(isFPPredicate() && "Invalid FCmp predicate value")((void)0);
1372 assert(getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand(1)->getType() &&((void)0)
1373 "Both operands to FCmp instruction are not of the same type!")((void)0);
1374 // Check that the operands are the right type
1375 assert(getOperand(0)->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() &&((void)0)
1376 "Invalid operand types for FCmp instruction")((void)0);
1377 }
1378
1379protected:
1380 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
1381 friend class Instruction;
1382
1383 /// Clone an identical FCmpInst
1384 FCmpInst *cloneImpl() const;
1385
1386public:
1387 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics.
1388 FCmpInst(
1389 Instruction *InsertBefore, ///< Where to insert
1390 Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
1391 Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression
1392 Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression
1393 const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction
1394 ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()),
1395 Instruction::FCmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr,
1396 InsertBefore) {
1397 AssertOK();
1398 }
1399
1400 /// Constructor with insert-at-end semantics.
1401 FCmpInst(
1402 BasicBlock &InsertAtEnd, ///< Block to insert into.
1403 Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
1404 Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression
1405 Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression
1406 const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction
1407 ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()),
1408 Instruction::FCmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr,
1409 &InsertAtEnd) {
1410 AssertOK();
1411 }
1412
1413 /// Constructor with no-insertion semantics
1414 FCmpInst(
1415 Predicate Pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
1416 Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression
1417 Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression
1418 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< Name of the instruction
1419 Instruction *FlagsSource = nullptr
1420 ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()), Instruction::FCmp, Pred, LHS,
1421 RHS, NameStr, nullptr, FlagsSource) {
1422 AssertOK();
1423 }
1424
1425 /// @returns true if the predicate of this instruction is EQ or NE.
1426 /// Determine if this is an equality predicate.
1427 static bool isEquality(Predicate Pred) {
1428 return Pred == FCMP_OEQ || Pred == FCMP_ONE || Pred == FCMP_UEQ ||
1429 Pred == FCMP_UNE;
1430 }
1431
1432 /// @returns true if the predicate of this instruction is EQ or NE.
1433 /// Determine if this is an equality predicate.
1434 bool isEquality() const { return isEquality(getPredicate()); }
1435
1436 /// @returns true if the predicate of this instruction is commutative.
1437 /// Determine if this is a commutative predicate.
1438 bool isCommutative() const {
1439 return isEquality() ||
1440 getPredicate() == FCMP_FALSE ||
1441 getPredicate() == FCMP_TRUE ||
1442 getPredicate() == FCMP_ORD ||
1443 getPredicate() == FCMP_UNO;
1444 }
1445
1446 /// @returns true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE).
1447 /// Determine if this a relational predicate.
1448 bool isRelational() const { return !isEquality(); }
1449
1450 /// Exchange the two operands to this instruction in such a way that it does
1451 /// not modify the semantics of the instruction. The predicate value may be
1452 /// changed to retain the same result if the predicate is order dependent
1453 /// (e.g. ult).
1454 /// Swap operands and adjust predicate.
1455 void swapOperands() {
1456 setPredicate(getSwappedPredicate());
1457 Op<0>().swap(Op<1>());
1458 }
1459
1460 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
1461 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
1462 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FCmp;
1463 }
1464 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
1465 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
1466 }
1467};
1468
1469//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1470/// This class represents a function call, abstracting a target
1471/// machine's calling convention. This class uses low bit of the SubClassData
1472/// field to indicate whether or not this is a tail call. The rest of the bits
1473/// hold the calling convention of the call.
1474///
1475class CallInst : public CallBase {
1476 CallInst(const CallInst &CI);
1477
1478 /// Construct a CallInst given a range of arguments.
1479 /// Construct a CallInst from a range of arguments
1480 inline CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1481 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr,
1482 Instruction *InsertBefore);
1483
1484 inline CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1485 const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore)
1486 : CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, None, NameStr, InsertBefore) {}
1487
1488 /// Construct a CallInst given a range of arguments.
1489 /// Construct a CallInst from a range of arguments
1490 inline CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1491 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr,
1492 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
1493
1494 explicit CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr,
1495 Instruction *InsertBefore);
1496
1497 CallInst(FunctionType *ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr,
1498 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
1499
1500 void init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1501 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr);
1502 void init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Func, const Twine &NameStr);
1503
1504 /// Compute the number of operands to allocate.
1505 static int ComputeNumOperands(int NumArgs, int NumBundleInputs = 0) {
1506 // We need one operand for the called function, plus the input operand
1507 // counts provided.
1508 return 1 + NumArgs + NumBundleInputs;
1509 }
1510
1511protected:
1512 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
1513 friend class Instruction;
1514
1515 CallInst *cloneImpl() const;
1516
1517public:
1518 static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr = "",
1519 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
1520 return new (ComputeNumOperands(0)) CallInst(Ty, F, NameStr, InsertBefore);
1521 }
1522
1523 static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1524 const Twine &NameStr,
1525 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
1526 return new (ComputeNumOperands(Args.size()))
1527 CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, None, NameStr, InsertBefore);
1528 }
1529
1530 static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1531 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None,
1532 const Twine &NameStr = "",
1533 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
1534 const int NumOperands =
1535 ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), CountBundleInputs(Bundles));
1536 const unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo);
1537
1538 return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes)
1539 CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertBefore);
1540 }
1541
1542 static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr,
1543 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1544 return new (ComputeNumOperands(0)) CallInst(Ty, F, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
1545 }
1546
1547 static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1548 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1549 return new (ComputeNumOperands(Args.size()))
1550 CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, None, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
1551 }
1552
1553 static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1554 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
1555 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1556 const int NumOperands =
1557 ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), CountBundleInputs(Bundles));
1558 const unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo);
1559
1560 return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes)
1561 CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
1562 }
1563
1564 static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, const Twine &NameStr = "",
1565 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
1566 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), NameStr,
1567 InsertBefore);
1568 }
1569
1570 static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1571 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None,
1572 const Twine &NameStr = "",
1573 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
1574 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), Args, Bundles,
1575 NameStr, InsertBefore);
1576 }
1577
1578 static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1579 const Twine &NameStr,
1580 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
1581 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), Args, NameStr,
1582 InsertBefore);
1583 }
1584
1585 static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, const Twine &NameStr,
1586 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1587 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), NameStr,
1588 InsertAtEnd);
1589 }
1590
1591 static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1592 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1593 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), Args, NameStr,
1594 InsertAtEnd);
1595 }
1596
1597 static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1598 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
1599 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1600 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), Args, Bundles,
1601 NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
1602 }
1603
1604 /// Create a clone of \p CI with a different set of operand bundles and
1605 /// insert it before \p InsertPt.
1606 ///
1607 /// The returned call instruction is identical \p CI in every way except that
1608 /// the operand bundles for the new instruction are set to the operand bundles
1609 /// in \p Bundles.
1610 static CallInst *Create(CallInst *CI, ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
1611 Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr);
1612
1613 /// Generate the IR for a call to malloc:
1614 /// 1. Compute the malloc call's argument as the specified type's size,
1615 /// possibly multiplied by the array size if the array size is not
1616 /// constant 1.
1617 /// 2. Call malloc with that argument.
1618 /// 3. Bitcast the result of the malloc call to the specified type.
1619 static Instruction *CreateMalloc(Instruction *InsertBefore, Type *IntPtrTy,
1620 Type *AllocTy, Value *AllocSize,
1621 Value *ArraySize = nullptr,
1622 Function *MallocF = nullptr,
1623 const Twine &Name = "");
1624 static Instruction *CreateMalloc(BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd, Type *IntPtrTy,
1625 Type *AllocTy, Value *AllocSize,
1626 Value *ArraySize = nullptr,
1627 Function *MallocF = nullptr,
1628 const Twine &Name = "");
1629 static Instruction *CreateMalloc(Instruction *InsertBefore, Type *IntPtrTy,
1630 Type *AllocTy, Value *AllocSize,
1631 Value *ArraySize = nullptr,
1632 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None,
1633 Function *MallocF = nullptr,
1634 const Twine &Name = "");
1635 static Instruction *CreateMalloc(BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd, Type *IntPtrTy,
1636 Type *AllocTy, Value *AllocSize,
1637 Value *ArraySize = nullptr,
1638 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None,
1639 Function *MallocF = nullptr,
1640 const Twine &Name = "");
1641 /// Generate the IR for a call to the builtin free function.
1642 static Instruction *CreateFree(Value *Source, Instruction *InsertBefore);
1643 static Instruction *CreateFree(Value *Source, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
1644 static Instruction *CreateFree(Value *Source,
1645 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
1646 Instruction *InsertBefore);
1647 static Instruction *CreateFree(Value *Source,
1648 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
1649 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
1650
1651 // Note that 'musttail' implies 'tail'.
1652 enum TailCallKind : unsigned {
1653 TCK_None = 0,
1654 TCK_Tail = 1,
1655 TCK_MustTail = 2,
1656 TCK_NoTail = 3,
1657 TCK_LAST = TCK_NoTail
1658 };
1659
1660 using TailCallKindField = Bitfield::Element<TailCallKind, 0, 2, TCK_LAST>;
1661 static_assert(
1662 Bitfield::areContiguous<TailCallKindField, CallBase::CallingConvField>(),
1663 "Bitfields must be contiguous");
1664
1665 TailCallKind getTailCallKind() const {
1666 return getSubclassData<TailCallKindField>();
1667 }
1668
1669 bool isTailCall() const {
1670 TailCallKind Kind = getTailCallKind();
1671 return Kind == TCK_Tail || Kind == TCK_MustTail;
1672 }
1673
1674 bool isMustTailCall() const { return getTailCallKind() == TCK_MustTail; }
1675
1676 bool isNoTailCall() const { return getTailCallKind() == TCK_NoTail; }
1677
1678 void setTailCallKind(TailCallKind TCK) {
1679 setSubclassData<TailCallKindField>(TCK);
1680 }
1681
1682 void setTailCall(bool IsTc = true) {
1683 setTailCallKind(IsTc ? TCK_Tail : TCK_None);
1684 }
1685
1686 /// Return true if the call can return twice
1687 bool canReturnTwice() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReturnsTwice); }
1688 void setCanReturnTwice() {
1689 addAttribute(AttributeList::FunctionIndex, Attribute::ReturnsTwice);
1690 }
1691
1692 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
1693 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
1694 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Call;
1695 }
1696 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
1697 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
1698 }
1699
1700 /// Updates profile metadata by scaling it by \p S / \p T.
1701 void updateProfWeight(uint64_t S, uint64_t T);
1702
1703private:
1704 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
1705 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
1706 template <typename Bitfield>
1707 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
1708 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
1709 }
1710};
1711
1712CallInst::CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1713 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr,
1714 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
1715 : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Call,
1716 OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) -
1717 (Args.size() + CountBundleInputs(Bundles) + 1),
1718 unsigned(Args.size() + CountBundleInputs(Bundles) + 1),
1719 InsertAtEnd) {
1720 init(Ty, Func, Args, Bundles, NameStr);
1721}
1722
1723CallInst::CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
1724 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr,
1725 Instruction *InsertBefore)
1726 : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Call,
1727 OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) -
1728 (Args.size() + CountBundleInputs(Bundles) + 1),
1729 unsigned(Args.size() + CountBundleInputs(Bundles) + 1),
1730 InsertBefore) {
1731 init(Ty, Func, Args, Bundles, NameStr);
1732}
1733
1734//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1735// SelectInst Class
1736//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1737
1738/// This class represents the LLVM 'select' instruction.
1739///
1740class SelectInst : public Instruction {
1741 SelectInst(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &NameStr,
1742 Instruction *InsertBefore)
1743 : Instruction(S1->getType(), Instruction::Select,
1744 &Op<0>(), 3, InsertBefore) {
1745 init(C, S1, S2);
1746 setName(NameStr);
1747 }
1748
1749 SelectInst(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &NameStr,
1750 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
1751 : Instruction(S1->getType(), Instruction::Select,
1752 &Op<0>(), 3, InsertAtEnd) {
1753 init(C, S1, S2);
1754 setName(NameStr);
1755 }
1756
1757 void init(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2) {
1758 assert(!areInvalidOperands(C, S1, S2) && "Invalid operands for select")((void)0);
1759 Op<0>() = C;
1760 Op<1>() = S1;
1761 Op<2>() = S2;
1762 }
1763
1764protected:
1765 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
1766 friend class Instruction;
1767
1768 SelectInst *cloneImpl() const;
1769
1770public:
1771 static SelectInst *Create(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2,
1772 const Twine &NameStr = "",
1773 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr,
1774 Instruction *MDFrom = nullptr) {
1775 SelectInst *Sel = new(3) SelectInst(C, S1, S2, NameStr, InsertBefore);
1776 if (MDFrom)
1777 Sel->copyMetadata(*MDFrom);
1778 return Sel;
1779 }
1780
1781 static SelectInst *Create(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2,
1782 const Twine &NameStr,
1783 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1784 return new(3) SelectInst(C, S1, S2, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
1785 }
1786
1787 const Value *getCondition() const { return Op<0>(); }
1788 const Value *getTrueValue() const { return Op<1>(); }
1789 const Value *getFalseValue() const { return Op<2>(); }
1790 Value *getCondition() { return Op<0>(); }
1791 Value *getTrueValue() { return Op<1>(); }
1792 Value *getFalseValue() { return Op<2>(); }
1793
1794 void setCondition(Value *V) { Op<0>() = V; }
1795 void setTrueValue(Value *V) { Op<1>() = V; }
1796 void setFalseValue(Value *V) { Op<2>() = V; }
1797
1798 /// Swap the true and false values of the select instruction.
1799 /// This doesn't swap prof metadata.
1800 void swapValues() { Op<1>().swap(Op<2>()); }
1801
1802 /// Return a string if the specified operands are invalid
1803 /// for a select operation, otherwise return null.
1804 static const char *areInvalidOperands(Value *Cond, Value *True, Value *False);
1805
1806 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
1807 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
1808
1809 OtherOps getOpcode() const {
1810 return static_cast<OtherOps>(Instruction::getOpcode());
1811 }
1812
1813 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
1814 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
1815 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Select;
1816 }
1817 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
1818 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
1819 }
1820};
1821
1822template <>
1823struct OperandTraits<SelectInst> : public FixedNumOperandTraits<SelectInst, 3> {
1824};
1825
1826DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(SelectInst, Value)SelectInst::op_iterator SelectInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits
<SelectInst>::op_begin(this); } SelectInst::const_op_iterator
SelectInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<SelectInst
>::op_begin(const_cast<SelectInst*>(this)); } SelectInst
::op_iterator SelectInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<
SelectInst>::op_end(this); } SelectInst::const_op_iterator
SelectInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<SelectInst
>::op_end(const_cast<SelectInst*>(this)); } Value *SelectInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<SelectInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<SelectInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void SelectInst
::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((
void)0); OperandTraits<SelectInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture
] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned SelectInst::getNumOperands() const
{ return OperandTraits<SelectInst>::operands(this); } template
<int Idx_nocapture> Use &SelectInst::Op() { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int
Idx_nocapture> const Use &SelectInst::Op() const { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
1827
1828//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1829// VAArgInst Class
1830//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1831
1832/// This class represents the va_arg llvm instruction, which returns
1833/// an argument of the specified type given a va_list and increments that list
1834///
1835class VAArgInst : public UnaryInstruction {
1836protected:
1837 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
1838 friend class Instruction;
1839
1840 VAArgInst *cloneImpl() const;
1841
1842public:
1843 VAArgInst(Value *List, Type *Ty, const Twine &NameStr = "",
1844 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr)
1845 : UnaryInstruction(Ty, VAArg, List, InsertBefore) {
1846 setName(NameStr);
1847 }
1848
1849 VAArgInst(Value *List, Type *Ty, const Twine &NameStr,
1850 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
1851 : UnaryInstruction(Ty, VAArg, List, InsertAtEnd) {
1852 setName(NameStr);
1853 }
1854
1855 Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); }
1856 const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); }
1857 static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; }
1858
1859 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
1860 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
1861 return I->getOpcode() == VAArg;
1862 }
1863 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
1864 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
1865 }
1866};
1867
1868//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1869// ExtractElementInst Class
1870//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1871
1872/// This instruction extracts a single (scalar)
1873/// element from a VectorType value
1874///
1875class ExtractElementInst : public Instruction {
1876 ExtractElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *Idx, const Twine &NameStr = "",
1877 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
1878 ExtractElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *Idx, const Twine &NameStr,
1879 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
1880
1881protected:
1882 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
1883 friend class Instruction;
1884
1885 ExtractElementInst *cloneImpl() const;
1886
1887public:
1888 static ExtractElementInst *Create(Value *Vec, Value *Idx,
1889 const Twine &NameStr = "",
1890 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
1891 return new(2) ExtractElementInst(Vec, Idx, NameStr, InsertBefore);
1892 }
1893
1894 static ExtractElementInst *Create(Value *Vec, Value *Idx,
1895 const Twine &NameStr,
1896 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1897 return new(2) ExtractElementInst(Vec, Idx, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
1898 }
1899
1900 /// Return true if an extractelement instruction can be
1901 /// formed with the specified operands.
1902 static bool isValidOperands(const Value *Vec, const Value *Idx);
1903
1904 Value *getVectorOperand() { return Op<0>(); }
1905 Value *getIndexOperand() { return Op<1>(); }
1906 const Value *getVectorOperand() const { return Op<0>(); }
1907 const Value *getIndexOperand() const { return Op<1>(); }
1908
1909 VectorType *getVectorOperandType() const {
1910 return cast<VectorType>(getVectorOperand()->getType());
1911 }
1912
1913 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
1914 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
1915
1916 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
1917 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
1918 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractElement;
1919 }
1920 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
1921 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
1922 }
1923};
1924
1925template <>
1926struct OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst> :
1927 public FixedNumOperandTraits<ExtractElementInst, 2> {
1928};
1929
1930DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(ExtractElementInst, Value)ExtractElementInst::op_iterator ExtractElementInst::op_begin(
) { return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::op_begin(
this); } ExtractElementInst::const_op_iterator ExtractElementInst
::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst
>::op_begin(const_cast<ExtractElementInst*>(this)); }
ExtractElementInst::op_iterator ExtractElementInst::op_end()
{ return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::op_end(this
); } ExtractElementInst::const_op_iterator ExtractElementInst
::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst
>::op_end(const_cast<ExtractElementInst*>(this)); } Value
*ExtractElementInst::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const {
((void)0); return cast_or_null<Value>( OperandTraits<
ExtractElementInst>::op_begin(const_cast<ExtractElementInst
*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void ExtractElementInst::
setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((void
)0); OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::op_begin(this)[
i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned ExtractElementInst::
getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst
>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use
&ExtractElementInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &
ExtractElementInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); }
1931
1932//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1933// InsertElementInst Class
1934//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1935
1936/// This instruction inserts a single (scalar)
1937/// element into a VectorType value
1938///
1939class InsertElementInst : public Instruction {
1940 InsertElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *NewElt, Value *Idx,
1941 const Twine &NameStr = "",
1942 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
1943 InsertElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *NewElt, Value *Idx, const Twine &NameStr,
1944 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
1945
1946protected:
1947 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
1948 friend class Instruction;
1949
1950 InsertElementInst *cloneImpl() const;
1951
1952public:
1953 static InsertElementInst *Create(Value *Vec, Value *NewElt, Value *Idx,
1954 const Twine &NameStr = "",
1955 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
1956 return new(3) InsertElementInst(Vec, NewElt, Idx, NameStr, InsertBefore);
1957 }
1958
1959 static InsertElementInst *Create(Value *Vec, Value *NewElt, Value *Idx,
1960 const Twine &NameStr,
1961 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
1962 return new(3) InsertElementInst(Vec, NewElt, Idx, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
1963 }
1964
1965 /// Return true if an insertelement instruction can be
1966 /// formed with the specified operands.
1967 static bool isValidOperands(const Value *Vec, const Value *NewElt,
1968 const Value *Idx);
1969
1970 /// Overload to return most specific vector type.
1971 ///
1972 VectorType *getType() const {
1973 return cast<VectorType>(Instruction::getType());
1974 }
1975
1976 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
1977 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
1978
1979 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
1980 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
1981 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::InsertElement;
1982 }
1983 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
1984 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
1985 }
1986};
1987
1988template <>
1989struct OperandTraits<InsertElementInst> :
1990 public FixedNumOperandTraits<InsertElementInst, 3> {
1991};
1992
1993DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(InsertElementInst, Value)InsertElementInst::op_iterator InsertElementInst::op_begin() {
return OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::op_begin(this
); } InsertElementInst::const_op_iterator InsertElementInst::
op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>
::op_begin(const_cast<InsertElementInst*>(this)); } InsertElementInst
::op_iterator InsertElementInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits
<InsertElementInst>::op_end(this); } InsertElementInst::
const_op_iterator InsertElementInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits
<InsertElementInst>::op_end(const_cast<InsertElementInst
*>(this)); } Value *InsertElementInst::getOperand(unsigned
i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null<Value
>( OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<InsertElementInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void
InsertElementInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture
) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::op_begin
(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned InsertElementInst
::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<InsertElementInst
>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use
&InsertElementInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &
InsertElementInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); }
1994
1995//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1996// ShuffleVectorInst Class
1997//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1998
1999constexpr int UndefMaskElem = -1;
2000
2001/// This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two
2002/// input vectors.
2003///
2004/// For each element of the result vector, the shuffle mask selects an element
2005/// from one of the input vectors to copy to the result. Non-negative elements
2006/// in the mask represent an index into the concatenated pair of input vectors.
2007/// UndefMaskElem (-1) specifies that the result element is undefined.
2008///
2009/// For scalable vectors, all the elements of the mask must be 0 or -1. This
2010/// requirement may be relaxed in the future.
2011class ShuffleVectorInst : public Instruction {
2012 SmallVector<int, 4> ShuffleMask;
2013 Constant *ShuffleMaskForBitcode;
2014
2015protected:
2016 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
2017 friend class Instruction;
2018
2019 ShuffleVectorInst *cloneImpl() const;
2020
2021public:
2022 ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, Value *Mask,
2023 const Twine &NameStr = "",
2024 Instruction *InsertBefor = nullptr);
2025 ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, Value *Mask,
2026 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
2027 ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, ArrayRef<int> Mask,
2028 const Twine &NameStr = "",
2029 Instruction *InsertBefor = nullptr);
2030 ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, ArrayRef<int> Mask,
2031 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
2032
2033 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); }
2034 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { return User::operator delete(Ptr); }
2035
2036 /// Swap the operands and adjust the mask to preserve the semantics
2037 /// of the instruction.
2038 void commute();
2039
2040 /// Return true if a shufflevector instruction can be
2041 /// formed with the specified operands.
2042 static bool isValidOperands(const Value *V1, const Value *V2,
2043 const Value *Mask);
2044 static bool isValidOperands(const Value *V1, const Value *V2,
2045 ArrayRef<int> Mask);
2046
2047 /// Overload to return most specific vector type.
2048 ///
2049 VectorType *getType() const {
2050 return cast<VectorType>(Instruction::getType());
2051 }
2052
2053 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
2054 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
2055
2056 /// Return the shuffle mask value of this instruction for the given element
2057 /// index. Return UndefMaskElem if the element is undef.
2058 int getMaskValue(unsigned Elt) const { return ShuffleMask[Elt]; }
2059
2060 /// Convert the input shuffle mask operand to a vector of integers. Undefined
2061 /// elements of the mask are returned as UndefMaskElem.
2062 static void getShuffleMask(const Constant *Mask,
2063 SmallVectorImpl<int> &Result);
2064
2065 /// Return the mask for this instruction as a vector of integers. Undefined
2066 /// elements of the mask are returned as UndefMaskElem.
2067 void getShuffleMask(SmallVectorImpl<int> &Result) const {
2068 Result.assign(ShuffleMask.begin(), ShuffleMask.end());
2069 }
2070
2071 /// Return the mask for this instruction, for use in bitcode.
2072 ///
2073 /// TODO: This is temporary until we decide a new bitcode encoding for
2074 /// shufflevector.
2075 Constant *getShuffleMaskForBitcode() const { return ShuffleMaskForBitcode; }
2076
2077 static Constant *convertShuffleMaskForBitcode(ArrayRef<int> Mask,
2078 Type *ResultTy);
2079
2080 void setShuffleMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask);
2081
2082 ArrayRef<int> getShuffleMask() const { return ShuffleMask; }
2083
2084 /// Return true if this shuffle returns a vector with a different number of
2085 /// elements than its source vectors.
2086 /// Examples: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <1,2,3>
2087 /// shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <1,2,3,4,5>
2088 bool changesLength() const {
2089 unsigned NumSourceElts = cast<VectorType>(Op<0>()->getType())
2090 ->getElementCount()
2091 .getKnownMinValue();
2092 unsigned NumMaskElts = ShuffleMask.size();
2093 return NumSourceElts != NumMaskElts;
2094 }
2095
2096 /// Return true if this shuffle returns a vector with a greater number of
2097 /// elements than its source vectors.
2098 /// Example: shufflevector <2 x n> A, <2 x n> B, <1,2,3>
2099 bool increasesLength() const {
2100 unsigned NumSourceElts = cast<VectorType>(Op<0>()->getType())
2101 ->getElementCount()
2102 .getKnownMinValue();
2103 unsigned NumMaskElts = ShuffleMask.size();
2104 return NumSourceElts < NumMaskElts;
2105 }
2106
2107 /// Return true if this shuffle mask chooses elements from exactly one source
2108 /// vector.
2109 /// Example: <7,5,undef,7>
2110 /// This assumes that vector operands are the same length as the mask.
2111 static bool isSingleSourceMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask);
2112 static bool isSingleSourceMask(const Constant *Mask) {
2113 assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")((void)0);
2114 SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts;
2115 getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts);
2116 return isSingleSourceMask(MaskAsInts);
2117 }
2118
2119 /// Return true if this shuffle chooses elements from exactly one source
2120 /// vector without changing the length of that vector.
2121 /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <3,0,undef,3>
2122 /// TODO: Optionally allow length-changing shuffles.
2123 bool isSingleSource() const {
2124 return !changesLength() && isSingleSourceMask(ShuffleMask);
2125 }
2126
2127 /// Return true if this shuffle mask chooses elements from exactly one source
2128 /// vector without lane crossings. A shuffle using this mask is not
2129 /// necessarily a no-op because it may change the number of elements from its
2130 /// input vectors or it may provide demanded bits knowledge via undef lanes.
2131 /// Example: <undef,undef,2,3>
2132 static bool isIdentityMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask);
2133 static bool isIdentityMask(const Constant *Mask) {
2134 assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")((void)0);
2135 SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts;
2136 getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts);
2137 return isIdentityMask(MaskAsInts);
2138 }
2139
2140 /// Return true if this shuffle chooses elements from exactly one source
2141 /// vector without lane crossings and does not change the number of elements
2142 /// from its input vectors.
2143 /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <4,undef,6,undef>
2144 bool isIdentity() const {
2145 return !changesLength() && isIdentityMask(ShuffleMask);
2146 }
2147
2148 /// Return true if this shuffle lengthens exactly one source vector with
2149 /// undefs in the high elements.
2150 bool isIdentityWithPadding() const;
2151
2152 /// Return true if this shuffle extracts the first N elements of exactly one
2153 /// source vector.
2154 bool isIdentityWithExtract() const;
2155
2156 /// Return true if this shuffle concatenates its 2 source vectors. This
2157 /// returns false if either input is undefined. In that case, the shuffle is
2158 /// is better classified as an identity with padding operation.
2159 bool isConcat() const;
2160
2161 /// Return true if this shuffle mask chooses elements from its source vectors
2162 /// without lane crossings. A shuffle using this mask would be
2163 /// equivalent to a vector select with a constant condition operand.
2164 /// Example: <4,1,6,undef>
2165 /// This returns false if the mask does not choose from both input vectors.
2166 /// In that case, the shuffle is better classified as an identity shuffle.
2167 /// This assumes that vector operands are the same length as the mask
2168 /// (a length-changing shuffle can never be equivalent to a vector select).
2169 static bool isSelectMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask);
2170 static bool isSelectMask(const Constant *Mask) {
2171 assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")((void)0);
2172 SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts;
2173 getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts);
2174 return isSelectMask(MaskAsInts);
2175 }
2176
2177 /// Return true if this shuffle chooses elements from its source vectors
2178 /// without lane crossings and all operands have the same number of elements.
2179 /// In other words, this shuffle is equivalent to a vector select with a
2180 /// constant condition operand.
2181 /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <undef,1,6,3>
2182 /// This returns false if the mask does not choose from both input vectors.
2183 /// In that case, the shuffle is better classified as an identity shuffle.
2184 /// TODO: Optionally allow length-changing shuffles.
2185 bool isSelect() const {
2186 return !changesLength() && isSelectMask(ShuffleMask);
2187 }
2188
2189 /// Return true if this shuffle mask swaps the order of elements from exactly
2190 /// one source vector.
2191 /// Example: <7,6,undef,4>
2192 /// This assumes that vector operands are the same length as the mask.
2193 static bool isReverseMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask);
2194 static bool isReverseMask(const Constant *Mask) {
2195 assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")((void)0);
2196 SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts;
2197 getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts);
2198 return isReverseMask(MaskAsInts);
2199 }
2200
2201 /// Return true if this shuffle swaps the order of elements from exactly
2202 /// one source vector.
2203 /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <3,undef,1,undef>
2204 /// TODO: Optionally allow length-changing shuffles.
2205 bool isReverse() const {
2206 return !changesLength() && isReverseMask(ShuffleMask);
2207 }
2208
2209 /// Return true if this shuffle mask chooses all elements with the same value
2210 /// as the first element of exactly one source vector.
2211 /// Example: <4,undef,undef,4>
2212 /// This assumes that vector operands are the same length as the mask.
2213 static bool isZeroEltSplatMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask);
2214 static bool isZeroEltSplatMask(const Constant *Mask) {
2215 assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")((void)0);
2216 SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts;
2217 getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts);
2218 return isZeroEltSplatMask(MaskAsInts);
2219 }
2220
2221 /// Return true if all elements of this shuffle are the same value as the
2222 /// first element of exactly one source vector without changing the length
2223 /// of that vector.
2224 /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <undef,0,undef,0>
2225 /// TODO: Optionally allow length-changing shuffles.
2226 /// TODO: Optionally allow splats from other elements.
2227 bool isZeroEltSplat() const {
2228 return !changesLength() && isZeroEltSplatMask(ShuffleMask);
2229 }
2230
2231 /// Return true if this shuffle mask is a transpose mask.
2232 /// Transpose vector masks transpose a 2xn matrix. They read corresponding
2233 /// even- or odd-numbered vector elements from two n-dimensional source
2234 /// vectors and write each result into consecutive elements of an
2235 /// n-dimensional destination vector. Two shuffles are necessary to complete
2236 /// the transpose, one for the even elements and another for the odd elements.
2237 /// This description closely follows how the TRN1 and TRN2 AArch64
2238 /// instructions operate.
2239 ///
2240 /// For example, a simple 2x2 matrix can be transposed with:
2241 ///
2242 /// ; Original matrix
2243 /// m0 = < a, b >
2244 /// m1 = < c, d >
2245 ///
2246 /// ; Transposed matrix
2247 /// t0 = < a, c > = shufflevector m0, m1, < 0, 2 >
2248 /// t1 = < b, d > = shufflevector m0, m1, < 1, 3 >
2249 ///
2250 /// For matrices having greater than n columns, the resulting nx2 transposed
2251 /// matrix is stored in two result vectors such that one vector contains
2252 /// interleaved elements from all the even-numbered rows and the other vector
2253 /// contains interleaved elements from all the odd-numbered rows. For example,
2254 /// a 2x4 matrix can be transposed with:
2255 ///
2256 /// ; Original matrix
2257 /// m0 = < a, b, c, d >
2258 /// m1 = < e, f, g, h >
2259 ///
2260 /// ; Transposed matrix
2261 /// t0 = < a, e, c, g > = shufflevector m0, m1 < 0, 4, 2, 6 >
2262 /// t1 = < b, f, d, h > = shufflevector m0, m1 < 1, 5, 3, 7 >
2263 static bool isTransposeMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask);
2264 static bool isTransposeMask(const Constant *Mask) {
2265 assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")((void)0);
2266 SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts;
2267 getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts);
2268 return isTransposeMask(MaskAsInts);
2269 }
2270
2271 /// Return true if this shuffle transposes the elements of its inputs without
2272 /// changing the length of the vectors. This operation may also be known as a
2273 /// merge or interleave. See the description for isTransposeMask() for the
2274 /// exact specification.
2275 /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <0,4,2,6>
2276 bool isTranspose() const {
2277 return !changesLength() && isTransposeMask(ShuffleMask);
2278 }
2279
2280 /// Return true if this shuffle mask is an extract subvector mask.
2281 /// A valid extract subvector mask returns a smaller vector from a single
2282 /// source operand. The base extraction index is returned as well.
2283 static bool isExtractSubvectorMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask, int NumSrcElts,
2284 int &Index);
2285 static bool isExtractSubvectorMask(const Constant *Mask, int NumSrcElts,
2286 int &Index) {
2287 assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")((void)0);
2288 // Not possible to express a shuffle mask for a scalable vector for this
2289 // case.
2290 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(Mask->getType()))
2291 return false;
2292 SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts;
2293 getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts);
2294 return isExtractSubvectorMask(MaskAsInts, NumSrcElts, Index);
2295 }
2296
2297 /// Return true if this shuffle mask is an extract subvector mask.
2298 bool isExtractSubvectorMask(int &Index) const {
2299 // Not possible to express a shuffle mask for a scalable vector for this
2300 // case.
2301 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(getType()))
2302 return false;
2303
2304 int NumSrcElts =
2305 cast<FixedVectorType>(Op<0>()->getType())->getNumElements();
2306 return isExtractSubvectorMask(ShuffleMask, NumSrcElts, Index);
2307 }
2308
2309 /// Change values in a shuffle permute mask assuming the two vector operands
2310 /// of length InVecNumElts have swapped position.
2311 static void commuteShuffleMask(MutableArrayRef<int> Mask,
2312 unsigned InVecNumElts) {
2313 for (int &Idx : Mask) {
2314 if (Idx == -1)
2315 continue;
2316 Idx = Idx < (int)InVecNumElts ? Idx + InVecNumElts : Idx - InVecNumElts;
2317 assert(Idx >= 0 && Idx < (int)InVecNumElts * 2 &&((void)0)
2318 "shufflevector mask index out of range")((void)0);
2319 }
2320 }
2321
2322 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
2323 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
2324 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ShuffleVector;
2325 }
2326 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
2327 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
2328 }
2329};
2330
2331template <>
2332struct OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>
2333 : public FixedNumOperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst, 2> {};
2334
2335DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(ShuffleVectorInst, Value)ShuffleVectorInst::op_iterator ShuffleVectorInst::op_begin() {
return OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin(this
); } ShuffleVectorInst::const_op_iterator ShuffleVectorInst::
op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>
::op_begin(const_cast<ShuffleVectorInst*>(this)); } ShuffleVectorInst
::op_iterator ShuffleVectorInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits
<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_end(this); } ShuffleVectorInst::
const_op_iterator ShuffleVectorInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits
<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_end(const_cast<ShuffleVectorInst
*>(this)); } Value *ShuffleVectorInst::getOperand(unsigned
i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null<Value
>( OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<ShuffleVectorInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void
ShuffleVectorInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture
) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin
(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned ShuffleVectorInst
::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst
>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use
&ShuffleVectorInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &
ShuffleVectorInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); }
2336
2337//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2338// ExtractValueInst Class
2339//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2340
2341/// This instruction extracts a struct member or array
2342/// element value from an aggregate value.
2343///
2344class ExtractValueInst : public UnaryInstruction {
2345 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
2346
2347 ExtractValueInst(const ExtractValueInst &EVI);
2348
2349 /// Constructors - Create a extractvalue instruction with a base aggregate
2350 /// value and a list of indices. The first ctor can optionally insert before
2351 /// an existing instruction, the second appends the new instruction to the
2352 /// specified BasicBlock.
2353 inline ExtractValueInst(Value *Agg,
2354 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2355 const Twine &NameStr,
2356 Instruction *InsertBefore);
2357 inline ExtractValueInst(Value *Agg,
2358 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2359 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
2360
2361 void init(ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, const Twine &NameStr);
2362
2363protected:
2364 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
2365 friend class Instruction;
2366
2367 ExtractValueInst *cloneImpl() const;
2368
2369public:
2370 static ExtractValueInst *Create(Value *Agg,
2371 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2372 const Twine &NameStr = "",
2373 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
2374 return new
2375 ExtractValueInst(Agg, Idxs, NameStr, InsertBefore);
2376 }
2377
2378 static ExtractValueInst *Create(Value *Agg,
2379 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2380 const Twine &NameStr,
2381 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
2382 return new ExtractValueInst(Agg, Idxs, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
2383 }
2384
2385 /// Returns the type of the element that would be extracted
2386 /// with an extractvalue instruction with the specified parameters.
2387 ///
2388 /// Null is returned if the indices are invalid for the specified type.
2389 static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Agg, ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs);
2390
2391 using idx_iterator = const unsigned*;
2392
2393 inline idx_iterator idx_begin() const { return Indices.begin(); }
2394 inline idx_iterator idx_end() const { return Indices.end(); }
2395 inline iterator_range<idx_iterator> indices() const {
2396 return make_range(idx_begin(), idx_end());
2397 }
2398
2399 Value *getAggregateOperand() {
2400 return getOperand(0);
2401 }
2402 const Value *getAggregateOperand() const {
2403 return getOperand(0);
2404 }
2405 static unsigned getAggregateOperandIndex() {
2406 return 0U; // get index for modifying correct operand
2407 }
2408
2409 ArrayRef<unsigned> getIndices() const {
2410 return Indices;
2411 }
2412
2413 unsigned getNumIndices() const {
2414 return (unsigned)Indices.size();
2415 }
2416
2417 bool hasIndices() const {
2418 return true;
2419 }
2420
2421 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
2422 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
2423 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractValue;
2424 }
2425 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
2426 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
2427 }
2428};
2429
2430ExtractValueInst::ExtractValueInst(Value *Agg,
2431 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2432 const Twine &NameStr,
2433 Instruction *InsertBefore)
2434 : UnaryInstruction(checkGEPType(getIndexedType(Agg->getType(), Idxs)),
2435 ExtractValue, Agg, InsertBefore) {
2436 init(Idxs, NameStr);
2437}
2438
2439ExtractValueInst::ExtractValueInst(Value *Agg,
2440 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2441 const Twine &NameStr,
2442 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
2443 : UnaryInstruction(checkGEPType(getIndexedType(Agg->getType(), Idxs)),
2444 ExtractValue, Agg, InsertAtEnd) {
2445 init(Idxs, NameStr);
2446}
2447
2448//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2449// InsertValueInst Class
2450//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2451
2452/// This instruction inserts a struct field of array element
2453/// value into an aggregate value.
2454///
2455class InsertValueInst : public Instruction {
2456 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
2457
2458 InsertValueInst(const InsertValueInst &IVI);
2459
2460 /// Constructors - Create a insertvalue instruction with a base aggregate
2461 /// value, a value to insert, and a list of indices. The first ctor can
2462 /// optionally insert before an existing instruction, the second appends
2463 /// the new instruction to the specified BasicBlock.
2464 inline InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val,
2465 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2466 const Twine &NameStr,
2467 Instruction *InsertBefore);
2468 inline InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val,
2469 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2470 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
2471
2472 /// Constructors - These two constructors are convenience methods because one
2473 /// and two index insertvalue instructions are so common.
2474 InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val, unsigned Idx,
2475 const Twine &NameStr = "",
2476 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
2477 InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val, unsigned Idx, const Twine &NameStr,
2478 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
2479
2480 void init(Value *Agg, Value *Val, ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2481 const Twine &NameStr);
2482
2483protected:
2484 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
2485 friend class Instruction;
2486
2487 InsertValueInst *cloneImpl() const;
2488
2489public:
2490 // allocate space for exactly two operands
2491 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); }
2492 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); }
2493
2494 static InsertValueInst *Create(Value *Agg, Value *Val,
2495 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2496 const Twine &NameStr = "",
2497 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
2498 return new InsertValueInst(Agg, Val, Idxs, NameStr, InsertBefore);
2499 }
2500
2501 static InsertValueInst *Create(Value *Agg, Value *Val,
2502 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2503 const Twine &NameStr,
2504 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
2505 return new InsertValueInst(Agg, Val, Idxs, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
2506 }
2507
2508 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
2509 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
2510
2511 using idx_iterator = const unsigned*;
2512
2513 inline idx_iterator idx_begin() const { return Indices.begin(); }
2514 inline idx_iterator idx_end() const { return Indices.end(); }
2515 inline iterator_range<idx_iterator> indices() const {
2516 return make_range(idx_begin(), idx_end());
2517 }
2518
2519 Value *getAggregateOperand() {
2520 return getOperand(0);
2521 }
2522 const Value *getAggregateOperand() const {
2523 return getOperand(0);
2524 }
2525 static unsigned getAggregateOperandIndex() {
2526 return 0U; // get index for modifying correct operand
2527 }
2528
2529 Value *getInsertedValueOperand() {
2530 return getOperand(1);
2531 }
2532 const Value *getInsertedValueOperand() const {
2533 return getOperand(1);
2534 }
2535 static unsigned getInsertedValueOperandIndex() {
2536 return 1U; // get index for modifying correct operand
2537 }
2538
2539 ArrayRef<unsigned> getIndices() const {
2540 return Indices;
2541 }
2542
2543 unsigned getNumIndices() const {
2544 return (unsigned)Indices.size();
2545 }
2546
2547 bool hasIndices() const {
2548 return true;
2549 }
2550
2551 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
2552 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
2553 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::InsertValue;
2554 }
2555 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
2556 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
2557 }
2558};
2559
2560template <>
2561struct OperandTraits<InsertValueInst> :
2562 public FixedNumOperandTraits<InsertValueInst, 2> {
2563};
2564
2565InsertValueInst::InsertValueInst(Value *Agg,
2566 Value *Val,
2567 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2568 const Twine &NameStr,
2569 Instruction *InsertBefore)
2570 : Instruction(Agg->getType(), InsertValue,
2571 OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin(this),
2572 2, InsertBefore) {
2573 init(Agg, Val, Idxs, NameStr);
2574}
2575
2576InsertValueInst::InsertValueInst(Value *Agg,
2577 Value *Val,
2578 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
2579 const Twine &NameStr,
2580 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
2581 : Instruction(Agg->getType(), InsertValue,
2582 OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin(this),
2583 2, InsertAtEnd) {
2584 init(Agg, Val, Idxs, NameStr);
2585}
2586
2587DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(InsertValueInst, Value)InsertValueInst::op_iterator InsertValueInst::op_begin() { return
OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin(this); } InsertValueInst
::const_op_iterator InsertValueInst::op_begin() const { return
OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin(const_cast<
InsertValueInst*>(this)); } InsertValueInst::op_iterator InsertValueInst
::op_end() { return OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_end
(this); } InsertValueInst::const_op_iterator InsertValueInst::
op_end() const { return OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::
op_end(const_cast<InsertValueInst*>(this)); } Value *InsertValueInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin
(const_cast<InsertValueInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()
); } void InsertValueInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value
*Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<InsertValueInst
>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned
InsertValueInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits
<InsertValueInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture
> Use &InsertValueInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<
Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture>
const Use &InsertValueInst::Op() const { return this->
OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
2588
2589//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2590// PHINode Class
2591//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2592
2593// PHINode - The PHINode class is used to represent the magical mystical PHI
2594// node, that can not exist in nature, but can be synthesized in a computer
2595// scientist's overactive imagination.
2596//
2597class PHINode : public Instruction {
2598 /// The number of operands actually allocated. NumOperands is
2599 /// the number actually in use.
2600 unsigned ReservedSpace;
2601
2602 PHINode(const PHINode &PN);
2603
2604 explicit PHINode(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues,
2605 const Twine &NameStr = "",
2606 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr)
2607 : Instruction(Ty, Instruction::PHI, nullptr, 0, InsertBefore),
2608 ReservedSpace(NumReservedValues) {
2609 assert(!Ty->isTokenTy() && "PHI nodes cannot have token type!")((void)0);
2610 setName(NameStr);
2611 allocHungoffUses(ReservedSpace);
2612 }
2613
2614 PHINode(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues, const Twine &NameStr,
2615 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
2616 : Instruction(Ty, Instruction::PHI, nullptr, 0, InsertAtEnd),
2617 ReservedSpace(NumReservedValues) {
2618 assert(!Ty->isTokenTy() && "PHI nodes cannot have token type!")((void)0);
2619 setName(NameStr);
2620 allocHungoffUses(ReservedSpace);
2621 }
2622
2623protected:
2624 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
2625 friend class Instruction;
2626
2627 PHINode *cloneImpl() const;
2628
2629 // allocHungoffUses - this is more complicated than the generic
2630 // User::allocHungoffUses, because we have to allocate Uses for the incoming
2631 // values and pointers to the incoming blocks, all in one allocation.
2632 void allocHungoffUses(unsigned N) {
2633 User::allocHungoffUses(N, /* IsPhi */ true);
2634 }
2635
2636public:
2637 /// Constructors - NumReservedValues is a hint for the number of incoming
2638 /// edges that this phi node will have (use 0 if you really have no idea).
2639 static PHINode *Create(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues,
2640 const Twine &NameStr = "",
2641 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
2642 return new PHINode(Ty, NumReservedValues, NameStr, InsertBefore);
2643 }
2644
2645 static PHINode *Create(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues,
2646 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
2647 return new PHINode(Ty, NumReservedValues, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
2648 }
2649
2650 /// Provide fast operand accessors
2651 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
2652
2653 // Block iterator interface. This provides access to the list of incoming
2654 // basic blocks, which parallels the list of incoming values.
2655
2656 using block_iterator = BasicBlock **;
2657 using const_block_iterator = BasicBlock * const *;
2658
2659 block_iterator block_begin() {
2660 return reinterpret_cast<block_iterator>(op_begin() + ReservedSpace);
2661 }
2662
2663 const_block_iterator block_begin() const {
2664 return reinterpret_cast<const_block_iterator>(op_begin() + ReservedSpace);
2665 }
2666
2667 block_iterator block_end() {
2668 return block_begin() + getNumOperands();
2669 }
2670
2671 const_block_iterator block_end() const {
2672 return block_begin() + getNumOperands();
2673 }
2674
2675 iterator_range<block_iterator> blocks() {
2676 return make_range(block_begin(), block_end());
2677 }
2678
2679 iterator_range<const_block_iterator> blocks() const {
2680 return make_range(block_begin(), block_end());
2681 }
2682
2683 op_range incoming_values() { return operands(); }
2684
2685 const_op_range incoming_values() const { return operands(); }
2686
2687 /// Return the number of incoming edges
2688 ///
2689 unsigned getNumIncomingValues() const { return getNumOperands(); }
2690
2691 /// Return incoming value number x
2692 ///
2693 Value *getIncomingValue(unsigned i) const {
2694 return getOperand(i);
2695 }
2696 void setIncomingValue(unsigned i, Value *V) {
2697 assert(V && "PHI node got a null value!")((void)0);
2698 assert(getType() == V->getType() &&((void)0)
2699 "All operands to PHI node must be the same type as the PHI node!")((void)0);
2700 setOperand(i, V);
2701 }
2702
2703 static unsigned getOperandNumForIncomingValue(unsigned i) {
2704 return i;
2705 }
2706
2707 static unsigned getIncomingValueNumForOperand(unsigned i) {
2708 return i;
2709 }
2710
2711 /// Return incoming basic block number @p i.
2712 ///
2713 BasicBlock *getIncomingBlock(unsigned i) const {
2714 return block_begin()[i];
2715 }
2716
2717 /// Return incoming basic block corresponding
2718 /// to an operand of the PHI.
2719 ///
2720 BasicBlock *getIncomingBlock(const Use &U) const {
2721 assert(this == U.getUser() && "Iterator doesn't point to PHI's Uses?")((void)0);
2722 return getIncomingBlock(unsigned(&U - op_begin()));
2723 }
2724
2725 /// Return incoming basic block corresponding
2726 /// to value use iterator.
2727 ///
2728 BasicBlock *getIncomingBlock(Value::const_user_iterator I) const {
2729 return getIncomingBlock(I.getUse());
2730 }
2731
2732 void setIncomingBlock(unsigned i, BasicBlock *BB) {
2733 assert(BB && "PHI node got a null basic block!")((void)0);
2734 block_begin()[i] = BB;
2735 }
2736
2737 /// Replace every incoming basic block \p Old to basic block \p New.
2738 void replaceIncomingBlockWith(const BasicBlock *Old, BasicBlock *New) {
2739 assert(New && Old && "PHI node got a null basic block!")((void)0);
2740 for (unsigned Op = 0, NumOps = getNumOperands(); Op != NumOps; ++Op)
2741 if (getIncomingBlock(Op) == Old)
2742 setIncomingBlock(Op, New);
2743 }
2744
2745 /// Add an incoming value to the end of the PHI list
2746 ///
2747 void addIncoming(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB) {
2748 if (getNumOperands() == ReservedSpace)
2749 growOperands(); // Get more space!
2750 // Initialize some new operands.
2751 setNumHungOffUseOperands(getNumOperands() + 1);
2752 setIncomingValue(getNumOperands() - 1, V);
2753 setIncomingBlock(getNumOperands() - 1, BB);
2754 }
2755
2756 /// Remove an incoming value. This is useful if a
2757 /// predecessor basic block is deleted. The value removed is returned.
2758 ///
2759 /// If the last incoming value for a PHI node is removed (and DeletePHIIfEmpty
2760 /// is true), the PHI node is destroyed and any uses of it are replaced with
2761 /// dummy values. The only time there should be zero incoming values to a PHI
2762 /// node is when the block is dead, so this strategy is sound.
2763 ///
2764 Value *removeIncomingValue(unsigned Idx, bool DeletePHIIfEmpty = true);
2765
2766 Value *removeIncomingValue(const BasicBlock *BB, bool DeletePHIIfEmpty=true) {
2767 int Idx = getBasicBlockIndex(BB);
2768 assert(Idx >= 0 && "Invalid basic block argument to remove!")((void)0);
2769 return removeIncomingValue(Idx, DeletePHIIfEmpty);
2770 }
2771
2772 /// Return the first index of the specified basic
2773 /// block in the value list for this PHI. Returns -1 if no instance.
2774 ///
2775 int getBasicBlockIndex(const BasicBlock *BB) const {
2776 for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2777 if (block_begin()[i] == BB)
2778 return i;
2779 return -1;
2780 }
2781
2782 Value *getIncomingValueForBlock(const BasicBlock *BB) const {
2783 int Idx = getBasicBlockIndex(BB);
2784 assert(Idx >= 0 && "Invalid basic block argument!")((void)0);
2785 return getIncomingValue(Idx);
2786 }
2787
2788 /// Set every incoming value(s) for block \p BB to \p V.
2789 void setIncomingValueForBlock(const BasicBlock *BB, Value *V) {
2790 assert(BB && "PHI node got a null basic block!")((void)0);
2791 bool Found = false;
2792 for (unsigned Op = 0, NumOps = getNumOperands(); Op != NumOps; ++Op)
2793 if (getIncomingBlock(Op) == BB) {
2794 Found = true;
2795 setIncomingValue(Op, V);
2796 }
2797 (void)Found;
2798 assert(Found && "Invalid basic block argument to set!")((void)0);
2799 }
2800
2801 /// If the specified PHI node always merges together the
2802 /// same value, return the value, otherwise return null.
2803 Value *hasConstantValue() const;
2804
2805 /// Whether the specified PHI node always merges
2806 /// together the same value, assuming undefs are equal to a unique
2807 /// non-undef value.
2808 bool hasConstantOrUndefValue() const;
2809
2810 /// If the PHI node is complete which means all of its parent's predecessors
2811 /// have incoming value in this PHI, return true, otherwise return false.
2812 bool isComplete() const {
2813 return llvm::all_of(predecessors(getParent()),
2814 [this](const BasicBlock *Pred) {
2815 return getBasicBlockIndex(Pred) >= 0;
2816 });
2817 }
2818
2819 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
2820 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
2821 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::PHI;
2822 }
2823 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
2824 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
2825 }
2826
2827private:
2828 void growOperands();
2829};
2830
2831template <>
2832struct OperandTraits<PHINode> : public HungoffOperandTraits<2> {
2833};
2834
2835DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(PHINode, Value)PHINode::op_iterator PHINode::op_begin() { return OperandTraits
<PHINode>::op_begin(this); } PHINode::const_op_iterator
PHINode::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<PHINode>
::op_begin(const_cast<PHINode*>(this)); } PHINode::op_iterator
PHINode::op_end() { return OperandTraits<PHINode>::op_end
(this); } PHINode::const_op_iterator PHINode::op_end() const {
return OperandTraits<PHINode>::op_end(const_cast<PHINode
*>(this)); } Value *PHINode::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture
) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null<Value>( OperandTraits
<PHINode>::op_begin(const_cast<PHINode*>(this))[i_nocapture
].get()); } void PHINode::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value
*Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<PHINode>::op_begin
(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned PHINode::getNumOperands
() const { return OperandTraits<PHINode>::operands(this
); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &PHINode::Op(
) { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template
<int Idx_nocapture> const Use &PHINode::Op() const
{ return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
2836
2837//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2838// LandingPadInst Class
2839//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2840
2841//===---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2842/// The landingpad instruction holds all of the information
2843/// necessary to generate correct exception handling. The landingpad instruction
2844/// cannot be moved from the top of a landing pad block, which itself is
2845/// accessible only from the 'unwind' edge of an invoke. This uses the
2846/// SubclassData field in Value to store whether or not the landingpad is a
2847/// cleanup.
2848///
2849class LandingPadInst : public Instruction {
2850 using CleanupField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>;
2851
2852 /// The number of operands actually allocated. NumOperands is
2853 /// the number actually in use.
2854 unsigned ReservedSpace;
2855
2856 LandingPadInst(const LandingPadInst &LP);
2857
2858public:
2859 enum ClauseType { Catch, Filter };
2860
2861private:
2862 explicit LandingPadInst(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedValues,
2863 const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore);
2864 explicit LandingPadInst(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedValues,
2865 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
2866
2867 // Allocate space for exactly zero operands.
2868 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S); }
2869
2870 void growOperands(unsigned Size);
2871 void init(unsigned NumReservedValues, const Twine &NameStr);
2872
2873protected:
2874 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
2875 friend class Instruction;
2876
2877 LandingPadInst *cloneImpl() const;
2878
2879public:
2880 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); }
2881
2882 /// Constructors - NumReservedClauses is a hint for the number of incoming
2883 /// clauses that this landingpad will have (use 0 if you really have no idea).
2884 static LandingPadInst *Create(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedClauses,
2885 const Twine &NameStr = "",
2886 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
2887 static LandingPadInst *Create(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedClauses,
2888 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
2889
2890 /// Provide fast operand accessors
2891 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
2892
2893 /// Return 'true' if this landingpad instruction is a
2894 /// cleanup. I.e., it should be run when unwinding even if its landing pad
2895 /// doesn't catch the exception.
2896 bool isCleanup() const { return getSubclassData<CleanupField>(); }
2897
2898 /// Indicate that this landingpad instruction is a cleanup.
2899 void setCleanup(bool V) { setSubclassData<CleanupField>(V); }
2900
2901 /// Add a catch or filter clause to the landing pad.
2902 void addClause(Constant *ClauseVal);
2903
2904 /// Get the value of the clause at index Idx. Use isCatch/isFilter to
2905 /// determine what type of clause this is.
2906 Constant *getClause(unsigned Idx) const {
2907 return cast<Constant>(getOperandList()[Idx]);
2908 }
2909
2910 /// Return 'true' if the clause and index Idx is a catch clause.
2911 bool isCatch(unsigned Idx) const {
2912 return !isa<ArrayType>(getOperandList()[Idx]->getType());
2913 }
2914
2915 /// Return 'true' if the clause and index Idx is a filter clause.
2916 bool isFilter(unsigned Idx) const {
2917 return isa<ArrayType>(getOperandList()[Idx]->getType());
2918 }
2919
2920 /// Get the number of clauses for this landing pad.
2921 unsigned getNumClauses() const { return getNumOperands(); }
2922
2923 /// Grow the size of the operand list to accommodate the new
2924 /// number of clauses.
2925 void reserveClauses(unsigned Size) { growOperands(Size); }
2926
2927 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
2928 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
2929 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::LandingPad;
2930 }
2931 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
2932 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
2933 }
2934};
2935
2936template <>
2937struct OperandTraits<LandingPadInst> : public HungoffOperandTraits<1> {
2938};
2939
2940DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(LandingPadInst, Value)LandingPadInst::op_iterator LandingPadInst::op_begin() { return
OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_begin(this); } LandingPadInst
::const_op_iterator LandingPadInst::op_begin() const { return
OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_begin(const_cast<
LandingPadInst*>(this)); } LandingPadInst::op_iterator LandingPadInst
::op_end() { return OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_end
(this); } LandingPadInst::const_op_iterator LandingPadInst::op_end
() const { return OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_end
(const_cast<LandingPadInst*>(this)); } Value *LandingPadInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_begin(
const_cast<LandingPadInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get());
} void LandingPadInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value
*Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<LandingPadInst
>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned
LandingPadInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits
<LandingPadInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture
> Use &LandingPadInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<
Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture>
const Use &LandingPadInst::Op() const { return this->
OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
2941
2942//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2943// ReturnInst Class
2944//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2945
2946//===---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2947/// Return a value (possibly void), from a function. Execution
2948/// does not continue in this function any longer.
2949///
2950class ReturnInst : public Instruction {
2951 ReturnInst(const ReturnInst &RI);
2952
2953private:
2954 // ReturnInst constructors:
2955 // ReturnInst() - 'ret void' instruction
2956 // ReturnInst( null) - 'ret void' instruction
2957 // ReturnInst(Value* X) - 'ret X' instruction
2958 // ReturnInst( null, Inst *I) - 'ret void' instruction, insert before I
2959 // ReturnInst(Value* X, Inst *I) - 'ret X' instruction, insert before I
2960 // ReturnInst( null, BB *B) - 'ret void' instruction, insert @ end of B
2961 // ReturnInst(Value* X, BB *B) - 'ret X' instruction, insert @ end of B
2962 //
2963 // NOTE: If the Value* passed is of type void then the constructor behaves as
2964 // if it was passed NULL.
2965 explicit ReturnInst(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal = nullptr,
2966 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
2967 ReturnInst(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
2968 explicit ReturnInst(LLVMContext &C, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
2969
2970protected:
2971 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
2972 friend class Instruction;
2973
2974 ReturnInst *cloneImpl() const;
2975
2976public:
2977 static ReturnInst* Create(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal = nullptr,
2978 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
2979 return new(!!retVal) ReturnInst(C, retVal, InsertBefore);
2980 }
2981
2982 static ReturnInst* Create(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal,
2983 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
2984 return new(!!retVal) ReturnInst(C, retVal, InsertAtEnd);
2985 }
2986
2987 static ReturnInst* Create(LLVMContext &C, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
2988 return new(0) ReturnInst(C, InsertAtEnd);
2989 }
2990
2991 /// Provide fast operand accessors
2992 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
2993
2994 /// Convenience accessor. Returns null if there is no return value.
2995 Value *getReturnValue() const {
2996 return getNumOperands() != 0 ? getOperand(0) : nullptr;
2997 }
2998
2999 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 0; }
3000
3001 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
3002 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
3003 return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Ret);
3004 }
3005 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
3006 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
3007 }
3008
3009private:
3010 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned idx) const {
3011 llvm_unreachable("ReturnInst has no successors!")__builtin_unreachable();
3012 }
3013
3014 void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *B) {
3015 llvm_unreachable("ReturnInst has no successors!")__builtin_unreachable();
3016 }
3017};
3018
3019template <>
3020struct OperandTraits<ReturnInst> : public VariadicOperandTraits<ReturnInst> {
3021};
3022
3023DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(ReturnInst, Value)ReturnInst::op_iterator ReturnInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits
<ReturnInst>::op_begin(this); } ReturnInst::const_op_iterator
ReturnInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<ReturnInst
>::op_begin(const_cast<ReturnInst*>(this)); } ReturnInst
::op_iterator ReturnInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<
ReturnInst>::op_end(this); } ReturnInst::const_op_iterator
ReturnInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<ReturnInst
>::op_end(const_cast<ReturnInst*>(this)); } Value *ReturnInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<ReturnInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void ReturnInst
::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((
void)0); OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture
] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned ReturnInst::getNumOperands() const
{ return OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::operands(this); } template
<int Idx_nocapture> Use &ReturnInst::Op() { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int
Idx_nocapture> const Use &ReturnInst::Op() const { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
3024
3025//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3026// BranchInst Class
3027//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3028
3029//===---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3030/// Conditional or Unconditional Branch instruction.
3031///
3032class BranchInst : public Instruction {
3033 /// Ops list - Branches are strange. The operands are ordered:
3034 /// [Cond, FalseDest,] TrueDest. This makes some accessors faster because
3035 /// they don't have to check for cond/uncond branchness. These are mostly
3036 /// accessed relative from op_end().
3037 BranchInst(const BranchInst &BI);
3038 // BranchInst constructors (where {B, T, F} are blocks, and C is a condition):
3039 // BranchInst(BB *B) - 'br B'
3040 // BranchInst(BB* T, BB *F, Value *C) - 'br C, T, F'
3041 // BranchInst(BB* B, Inst *I) - 'br B' insert before I
3042 // BranchInst(BB* T, BB *F, Value *C, Inst *I) - 'br C, T, F', insert before I
3043 // BranchInst(BB* B, BB *I) - 'br B' insert at end
3044 // BranchInst(BB* T, BB *F, Value *C, BB *I) - 'br C, T, F', insert at end
3045 explicit BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
3046 BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse, Value *Cond,
3047 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
3048 BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
3049 BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse, Value *Cond,
3050 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
3051
3052 void AssertOK();
3053
3054protected:
3055 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
3056 friend class Instruction;
3057
3058 BranchInst *cloneImpl() const;
3059
3060public:
3061 /// Iterator type that casts an operand to a basic block.
3062 ///
3063 /// This only makes sense because the successors are stored as adjacent
3064 /// operands for branch instructions.
3065 struct succ_op_iterator
3066 : iterator_adaptor_base<succ_op_iterator, value_op_iterator,
3067 std::random_access_iterator_tag, BasicBlock *,
3068 ptrdiff_t, BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> {
3069 explicit succ_op_iterator(value_op_iterator I) : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {}
3070
3071 BasicBlock *operator*() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(*I); }
3072 BasicBlock *operator->() const { return operator*(); }
3073 };
3074
3075 /// The const version of `succ_op_iterator`.
3076 struct const_succ_op_iterator
3077 : iterator_adaptor_base<const_succ_op_iterator, const_value_op_iterator,
3078 std::random_access_iterator_tag,
3079 const BasicBlock *, ptrdiff_t, const BasicBlock *,
3080 const BasicBlock *> {
3081 explicit const_succ_op_iterator(const_value_op_iterator I)
3082 : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {}
3083
3084 const BasicBlock *operator*() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(*I); }
3085 const BasicBlock *operator->() const { return operator*(); }
3086 };
3087
3088 static BranchInst *Create(BasicBlock *IfTrue,
3089 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3090 return new(1) BranchInst(IfTrue, InsertBefore);
3091 }
3092
3093 static BranchInst *Create(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse,
3094 Value *Cond, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3095 return new(3) BranchInst(IfTrue, IfFalse, Cond, InsertBefore);
3096 }
3097
3098 static BranchInst *Create(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
3099 return new(1) BranchInst(IfTrue, InsertAtEnd);
3100 }
3101
3102 static BranchInst *Create(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse,
3103 Value *Cond, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
3104 return new(3) BranchInst(IfTrue, IfFalse, Cond, InsertAtEnd);
3105 }
3106
3107 /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods.
3108 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
3109
3110 bool isUnconditional() const { return getNumOperands() == 1; }
3111 bool isConditional() const { return getNumOperands() == 3; }
41
Assuming the condition is true
42
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later
3112
3113 Value *getCondition() const {
3114 assert(isConditional() && "Cannot get condition of an uncond branch!")((void)0);
3115 return Op<-3>();
3116 }
3117
3118 void setCondition(Value *V) {
3119 assert(isConditional() && "Cannot set condition of unconditional branch!")((void)0);
3120 Op<-3>() = V;
3121 }
3122
3123 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 1+isConditional(); }
3124
3125 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned i) const {
3126 assert(i < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for Branch!")((void)0);
3127 return cast_or_null<BasicBlock>((&Op<-1>() - i)->get());
3128 }
3129
3130 void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
3131 assert(idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for Branch!")((void)0);
3132 *(&Op<-1>() - idx) = NewSucc;
3133 }
3134
3135 /// Swap the successors of this branch instruction.
3136 ///
3137 /// Swaps the successors of the branch instruction. This also swaps any
3138 /// branch weight metadata associated with the instruction so that it
3139 /// continues to map correctly to each operand.
3140 void swapSuccessors();
3141
3142 iterator_range<succ_op_iterator> successors() {
3143 return make_range(
3144 succ_op_iterator(std::next(value_op_begin(), isConditional() ? 1 : 0)),
3145 succ_op_iterator(value_op_end()));
3146 }
3147
3148 iterator_range<const_succ_op_iterator> successors() const {
3149 return make_range(const_succ_op_iterator(
3150 std::next(value_op_begin(), isConditional() ? 1 : 0)),
3151 const_succ_op_iterator(value_op_end()));
3152 }
3153
3154 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
3155 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
3156 return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Br);
3157 }
3158 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
3159 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
3160 }
3161};
3162
3163template <>
3164struct OperandTraits<BranchInst> : public VariadicOperandTraits<BranchInst, 1> {
3165};
3166
3167DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(BranchInst, Value)BranchInst::op_iterator BranchInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits
<BranchInst>::op_begin(this); } BranchInst::const_op_iterator
BranchInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<BranchInst
>::op_begin(const_cast<BranchInst*>(this)); } BranchInst
::op_iterator BranchInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<
BranchInst>::op_end(this); } BranchInst::const_op_iterator
BranchInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<BranchInst
>::op_end(const_cast<BranchInst*>(this)); } Value *BranchInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<BranchInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<BranchInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void BranchInst
::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((
void)0); OperandTraits<BranchInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture
] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned BranchInst::getNumOperands() const
{ return OperandTraits<BranchInst>::operands(this); } template
<int Idx_nocapture> Use &BranchInst::Op() { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int
Idx_nocapture> const Use &BranchInst::Op() const { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
3168
3169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3170// SwitchInst Class
3171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3172
3173//===---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3174/// Multiway switch
3175///
3176class SwitchInst : public Instruction {
3177 unsigned ReservedSpace;
3178
3179 // Operand[0] = Value to switch on
3180 // Operand[1] = Default basic block destination
3181 // Operand[2n ] = Value to match
3182 // Operand[2n+1] = BasicBlock to go to on match
3183 SwitchInst(const SwitchInst &SI);
3184
3185 /// Create a new switch instruction, specifying a value to switch on and a
3186 /// default destination. The number of additional cases can be specified here
3187 /// to make memory allocation more efficient. This constructor can also
3188 /// auto-insert before another instruction.
3189 SwitchInst(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, unsigned NumCases,
3190 Instruction *InsertBefore);
3191
3192 /// Create a new switch instruction, specifying a value to switch on and a
3193 /// default destination. The number of additional cases can be specified here
3194 /// to make memory allocation more efficient. This constructor also
3195 /// auto-inserts at the end of the specified BasicBlock.
3196 SwitchInst(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, unsigned NumCases,
3197 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
3198
3199 // allocate space for exactly zero operands
3200 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S); }
3201
3202 void init(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, unsigned NumReserved);
3203 void growOperands();
3204
3205protected:
3206 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
3207 friend class Instruction;
3208
3209 SwitchInst *cloneImpl() const;
3210
3211public:
3212 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); }
3213
3214 // -2
3215 static const unsigned DefaultPseudoIndex = static_cast<unsigned>(~0L-1);
3216
3217 template <typename CaseHandleT> class CaseIteratorImpl;
3218
3219 /// A handle to a particular switch case. It exposes a convenient interface
3220 /// to both the case value and the successor block.
3221 ///
3222 /// We define this as a template and instantiate it to form both a const and
3223 /// non-const handle.
3224 template <typename SwitchInstT, typename ConstantIntT, typename BasicBlockT>
3225 class CaseHandleImpl {
3226 // Directly befriend both const and non-const iterators.
3227 friend class SwitchInst::CaseIteratorImpl<
3228 CaseHandleImpl<SwitchInstT, ConstantIntT, BasicBlockT>>;
3229
3230 protected:
3231 // Expose the switch type we're parameterized with to the iterator.
3232 using SwitchInstType = SwitchInstT;
3233
3234 SwitchInstT *SI;
3235 ptrdiff_t Index;
3236
3237 CaseHandleImpl() = default;
3238 CaseHandleImpl(SwitchInstT *SI, ptrdiff_t Index) : SI(SI), Index(Index) {}
3239
3240 public:
3241 /// Resolves case value for current case.
3242 ConstantIntT *getCaseValue() const {
3243 assert((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() &&((void)0)
3244 "Index out the number of cases.")((void)0);
3245 return reinterpret_cast<ConstantIntT *>(SI->getOperand(2 + Index * 2));
3246 }
3247
3248 /// Resolves successor for current case.
3249 BasicBlockT *getCaseSuccessor() const {
3250 assert(((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() ||((void)0)
3251 (unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex) &&((void)0)
3252 "Index out the number of cases.")((void)0);
3253 return SI->getSuccessor(getSuccessorIndex());
3254 }
3255
3256 /// Returns number of current case.
3257 unsigned getCaseIndex() const { return Index; }
3258
3259 /// Returns successor index for current case successor.
3260 unsigned getSuccessorIndex() const {
3261 assert(((unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex ||((void)0)
3262 (unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases()) &&((void)0)
3263 "Index out the number of cases.")((void)0);
3264 return (unsigned)Index != DefaultPseudoIndex ? Index + 1 : 0;
3265 }
3266
3267 bool operator==(const CaseHandleImpl &RHS) const {
3268 assert(SI == RHS.SI && "Incompatible operators.")((void)0);
3269 return Index == RHS.Index;
3270 }
3271 };
3272
3273 using ConstCaseHandle =
3274 CaseHandleImpl<const SwitchInst, const ConstantInt, const BasicBlock>;
3275
3276 class CaseHandle
3277 : public CaseHandleImpl<SwitchInst, ConstantInt, BasicBlock> {
3278 friend class SwitchInst::CaseIteratorImpl<CaseHandle>;
3279
3280 public:
3281 CaseHandle(SwitchInst *SI, ptrdiff_t Index) : CaseHandleImpl(SI, Index) {}
3282
3283 /// Sets the new value for current case.
3284 void setValue(ConstantInt *V) {
3285 assert((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() &&((void)0)
3286 "Index out the number of cases.")((void)0);
3287 SI->setOperand(2 + Index*2, reinterpret_cast<Value*>(V));
3288 }
3289
3290 /// Sets the new successor for current case.
3291 void setSuccessor(BasicBlock *S) {
3292 SI->setSuccessor(getSuccessorIndex(), S);
3293 }
3294 };
3295
3296 template <typename CaseHandleT>
3297 class CaseIteratorImpl
3298 : public iterator_facade_base<CaseIteratorImpl<CaseHandleT>,
3299 std::random_access_iterator_tag,
3300 CaseHandleT> {
3301 using SwitchInstT = typename CaseHandleT::SwitchInstType;
3302
3303 CaseHandleT Case;
3304
3305 public:
3306 /// Default constructed iterator is in an invalid state until assigned to
3307 /// a case for a particular switch.
3308 CaseIteratorImpl() = default;
3309
3310 /// Initializes case iterator for given SwitchInst and for given
3311 /// case number.
3312 CaseIteratorImpl(SwitchInstT *SI, unsigned CaseNum) : Case(SI, CaseNum) {}
3313
3314 /// Initializes case iterator for given SwitchInst and for given
3315 /// successor index.
3316 static CaseIteratorImpl fromSuccessorIndex(SwitchInstT *SI,
3317 unsigned SuccessorIndex) {
3318 assert(SuccessorIndex < SI->getNumSuccessors() &&((void)0)
3319 "Successor index # out of range!")((void)0);
3320 return SuccessorIndex != 0 ? CaseIteratorImpl(SI, SuccessorIndex - 1)
3321 : CaseIteratorImpl(SI, DefaultPseudoIndex);
3322 }
3323
3324 /// Support converting to the const variant. This will be a no-op for const
3325 /// variant.
3326 operator CaseIteratorImpl<ConstCaseHandle>() const {
3327 return CaseIteratorImpl<ConstCaseHandle>(Case.SI, Case.Index);
3328 }
3329
3330 CaseIteratorImpl &operator+=(ptrdiff_t N) {
3331 // Check index correctness after addition.
3332 // Note: Index == getNumCases() means end().
3333 assert(Case.Index + N >= 0 &&((void)0)
3334 (unsigned)(Case.Index + N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() &&((void)0)
3335 "Case.Index out the number of cases.")((void)0);
3336 Case.Index += N;
3337 return *this;
3338 }
3339 CaseIteratorImpl &operator-=(ptrdiff_t N) {
3340 // Check index correctness after subtraction.
3341 // Note: Case.Index == getNumCases() means end().
3342 assert(Case.Index - N >= 0 &&((void)0)
3343 (unsigned)(Case.Index - N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() &&((void)0)
3344 "Case.Index out the number of cases.")((void)0);
3345 Case.Index -= N;
3346 return *this;
3347 }
3348 ptrdiff_t operator-(const CaseIteratorImpl &RHS) const {
3349 assert(Case.SI == RHS.Case.SI && "Incompatible operators.")((void)0);
3350 return Case.Index - RHS.Case.Index;
3351 }
3352 bool operator==(const CaseIteratorImpl &RHS) const {
3353 return Case == RHS.Case;
3354 }
3355 bool operator<(const CaseIteratorImpl &RHS) const {
3356 assert(Case.SI == RHS.Case.SI && "Incompatible operators.")((void)0);
3357 return Case.Index < RHS.Case.Index;
3358 }
3359 CaseHandleT &operator*() { return Case; }
3360 const CaseHandleT &operator*() const { return Case; }
3361 };
3362
3363 using CaseIt = CaseIteratorImpl<CaseHandle>;
3364 using ConstCaseIt = CaseIteratorImpl<ConstCaseHandle>;
3365
3366 static SwitchInst *Create(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default,
3367 unsigned NumCases,
3368 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3369 return new SwitchInst(Value, Default, NumCases, InsertBefore);
3370 }
3371
3372 static SwitchInst *Create(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default,
3373 unsigned NumCases, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
3374 return new SwitchInst(Value, Default, NumCases, InsertAtEnd);
3375 }
3376
3377 /// Provide fast operand accessors
3378 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
3379
3380 // Accessor Methods for Switch stmt
3381 Value *getCondition() const { return getOperand(0); }
3382 void setCondition(Value *V) { setOperand(0, V); }
3383
3384 BasicBlock *getDefaultDest() const {
3385 return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(1));
3386 }
3387
3388 void setDefaultDest(BasicBlock *DefaultCase) {
3389 setOperand(1, reinterpret_cast<Value*>(DefaultCase));
3390 }
3391
3392 /// Return the number of 'cases' in this switch instruction, excluding the
3393 /// default case.
3394 unsigned getNumCases() const {
3395 return getNumOperands()/2 - 1;
3396 }
3397
3398 /// Returns a read/write iterator that points to the first case in the
3399 /// SwitchInst.
3400 CaseIt case_begin() {
3401 return CaseIt(this, 0);
3402 }
3403
3404 /// Returns a read-only iterator that points to the first case in the
3405 /// SwitchInst.
3406 ConstCaseIt case_begin() const {
3407 return ConstCaseIt(this, 0);
3408 }
3409
3410 /// Returns a read/write iterator that points one past the last in the
3411 /// SwitchInst.
3412 CaseIt case_end() {
3413 return CaseIt(this, getNumCases());
3414 }
3415
3416 /// Returns a read-only iterator that points one past the last in the
3417 /// SwitchInst.
3418 ConstCaseIt case_end() const {
3419 return ConstCaseIt(this, getNumCases());
3420 }
3421
3422 /// Iteration adapter for range-for loops.
3423 iterator_range<CaseIt> cases() {
3424 return make_range(case_begin(), case_end());
3425 }
3426
3427 /// Constant iteration adapter for range-for loops.
3428 iterator_range<ConstCaseIt> cases() const {
3429 return make_range(case_begin(), case_end());
3430 }
3431
3432 /// Returns an iterator that points to the default case.
3433 /// Note: this iterator allows to resolve successor only. Attempt
3434 /// to resolve case value causes an assertion.
3435 /// Also note, that increment and decrement also causes an assertion and
3436 /// makes iterator invalid.
3437 CaseIt case_default() {
3438 return CaseIt(this, DefaultPseudoIndex);
3439 }
3440 ConstCaseIt case_default() const {
3441 return ConstCaseIt(this, DefaultPseudoIndex);
3442 }
3443
3444 /// Search all of the case values for the specified constant. If it is
3445 /// explicitly handled, return the case iterator of it, otherwise return
3446 /// default case iterator to indicate that it is handled by the default
3447 /// handler.
3448 CaseIt findCaseValue(const ConstantInt *C) {
3449 CaseIt I = llvm::find_if(
3450 cases(), [C](CaseHandle &Case) { return Case.getCaseValue() == C; });
3451 if (I != case_end())
3452 return I;
3453
3454 return case_default();
3455 }
3456 ConstCaseIt findCaseValue(const ConstantInt *C) const {
3457 ConstCaseIt I = llvm::find_if(cases(), [C](ConstCaseHandle &Case) {
3458 return Case.getCaseValue() == C;
3459 });
3460 if (I != case_end())
3461 return I;
3462
3463 return case_default();
3464 }
3465
3466 /// Finds the unique case value for a given successor. Returns null if the
3467 /// successor is not found, not unique, or is the default case.
3468 ConstantInt *findCaseDest(BasicBlock *BB) {
3469 if (BB == getDefaultDest())
3470 return nullptr;
3471
3472 ConstantInt *CI = nullptr;
3473 for (auto Case : cases()) {
3474 if (Case.getCaseSuccessor() != BB)
3475 continue;
3476
3477 if (CI)
3478 return nullptr; // Multiple cases lead to BB.
3479
3480 CI = Case.getCaseValue();
3481 }
3482
3483 return CI;
3484 }
3485
3486 /// Add an entry to the switch instruction.
3487 /// Note:
3488 /// This action invalidates case_end(). Old case_end() iterator will
3489 /// point to the added case.
3490 void addCase(ConstantInt *OnVal, BasicBlock *Dest);
3491
3492 /// This method removes the specified case and its successor from the switch
3493 /// instruction. Note that this operation may reorder the remaining cases at
3494 /// index idx and above.
3495 /// Note:
3496 /// This action invalidates iterators for all cases following the one removed,
3497 /// including the case_end() iterator. It returns an iterator for the next
3498 /// case.
3499 CaseIt removeCase(CaseIt I);
3500
3501 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return getNumOperands()/2; }
3502 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned idx) const {
3503 assert(idx < getNumSuccessors() &&"Successor idx out of range for switch!")((void)0);
3504 return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(idx*2+1));
3505 }
3506 void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
3507 assert(idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for switch!")((void)0);
3508 setOperand(idx * 2 + 1, NewSucc);
3509 }
3510
3511 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
3512 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
3513 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Switch;
3514 }
3515 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
3516 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
3517 }
3518};
3519
3520/// A wrapper class to simplify modification of SwitchInst cases along with
3521/// their prof branch_weights metadata.
3522class SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper {
3523 SwitchInst &SI;
3524 Optional<SmallVector<uint32_t, 8> > Weights = None;
3525 bool Changed = false;
3526
3527protected:
3528 static MDNode *getProfBranchWeightsMD(const SwitchInst &SI);
3529
3530 MDNode *buildProfBranchWeightsMD();
3531
3532 void init();
3533
3534public:
3535 using CaseWeightOpt = Optional<uint32_t>;
3536 SwitchInst *operator->() { return &SI; }
3537 SwitchInst &operator*() { return SI; }
3538 operator SwitchInst *() { return &SI; }
3539
3540 SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper(SwitchInst &SI) : SI(SI) { init(); }
3541
3542 ~SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper() {
3543 if (Changed)
3544 SI.setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, buildProfBranchWeightsMD());
3545 }
3546
3547 /// Delegate the call to the underlying SwitchInst::removeCase() and remove
3548 /// correspondent branch weight.
3549 SwitchInst::CaseIt removeCase(SwitchInst::CaseIt I);
3550
3551 /// Delegate the call to the underlying SwitchInst::addCase() and set the
3552 /// specified branch weight for the added case.
3553 void addCase(ConstantInt *OnVal, BasicBlock *Dest, CaseWeightOpt W);
3554
3555 /// Delegate the call to the underlying SwitchInst::eraseFromParent() and mark
3556 /// this object to not touch the underlying SwitchInst in destructor.
3557 SymbolTableList<Instruction>::iterator eraseFromParent();
3558
3559 void setSuccessorWeight(unsigned idx, CaseWeightOpt W);
3560 CaseWeightOpt getSuccessorWeight(unsigned idx);
3561
3562 static CaseWeightOpt getSuccessorWeight(const SwitchInst &SI, unsigned idx);
3563};
3564
3565template <>
3566struct OperandTraits<SwitchInst> : public HungoffOperandTraits<2> {
3567};
3568
3569DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(SwitchInst, Value)SwitchInst::op_iterator SwitchInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits
<SwitchInst>::op_begin(this); } SwitchInst::const_op_iterator
SwitchInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<SwitchInst
>::op_begin(const_cast<SwitchInst*>(this)); } SwitchInst
::op_iterator SwitchInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<
SwitchInst>::op_end(this); } SwitchInst::const_op_iterator
SwitchInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<SwitchInst
>::op_end(const_cast<SwitchInst*>(this)); } Value *SwitchInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<SwitchInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<SwitchInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void SwitchInst
::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((
void)0); OperandTraits<SwitchInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture
] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned SwitchInst::getNumOperands() const
{ return OperandTraits<SwitchInst>::operands(this); } template
<int Idx_nocapture> Use &SwitchInst::Op() { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int
Idx_nocapture> const Use &SwitchInst::Op() const { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
3570
3571//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3572// IndirectBrInst Class
3573//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3574
3575//===---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3576/// Indirect Branch Instruction.
3577///
3578class IndirectBrInst : public Instruction {
3579 unsigned ReservedSpace;
3580
3581 // Operand[0] = Address to jump to
3582 // Operand[n+1] = n-th destination
3583 IndirectBrInst(const IndirectBrInst &IBI);
3584
3585 /// Create a new indirectbr instruction, specifying an
3586 /// Address to jump to. The number of expected destinations can be specified
3587 /// here to make memory allocation more efficient. This constructor can also
3588 /// autoinsert before another instruction.
3589 IndirectBrInst(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests, Instruction *InsertBefore);
3590
3591 /// Create a new indirectbr instruction, specifying an
3592 /// Address to jump to. The number of expected destinations can be specified
3593 /// here to make memory allocation more efficient. This constructor also
3594 /// autoinserts at the end of the specified BasicBlock.
3595 IndirectBrInst(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
3596
3597 // allocate space for exactly zero operands
3598 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S); }
3599
3600 void init(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests);
3601 void growOperands();
3602
3603protected:
3604 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
3605 friend class Instruction;
3606
3607 IndirectBrInst *cloneImpl() const;
3608
3609public:
3610 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); }
3611
3612 /// Iterator type that casts an operand to a basic block.
3613 ///
3614 /// This only makes sense because the successors are stored as adjacent
3615 /// operands for indirectbr instructions.
3616 struct succ_op_iterator
3617 : iterator_adaptor_base<succ_op_iterator, value_op_iterator,
3618 std::random_access_iterator_tag, BasicBlock *,
3619 ptrdiff_t, BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> {
3620 explicit succ_op_iterator(value_op_iterator I) : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {}
3621
3622 BasicBlock *operator*() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(*I); }
3623 BasicBlock *operator->() const { return operator*(); }
3624 };
3625
3626 /// The const version of `succ_op_iterator`.
3627 struct const_succ_op_iterator
3628 : iterator_adaptor_base<const_succ_op_iterator, const_value_op_iterator,
3629 std::random_access_iterator_tag,
3630 const BasicBlock *, ptrdiff_t, const BasicBlock *,
3631 const BasicBlock *> {
3632 explicit const_succ_op_iterator(const_value_op_iterator I)
3633 : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {}
3634
3635 const BasicBlock *operator*() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(*I); }
3636 const BasicBlock *operator->() const { return operator*(); }
3637 };
3638
3639 static IndirectBrInst *Create(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests,
3640 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3641 return new IndirectBrInst(Address, NumDests, InsertBefore);
3642 }
3643
3644 static IndirectBrInst *Create(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests,
3645 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
3646 return new IndirectBrInst(Address, NumDests, InsertAtEnd);
3647 }
3648
3649 /// Provide fast operand accessors.
3650 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
3651
3652 // Accessor Methods for IndirectBrInst instruction.
3653 Value *getAddress() { return getOperand(0); }
3654 const Value *getAddress() const { return getOperand(0); }
3655 void setAddress(Value *V) { setOperand(0, V); }
3656
3657 /// return the number of possible destinations in this
3658 /// indirectbr instruction.
3659 unsigned getNumDestinations() const { return getNumOperands()-1; }
3660
3661 /// Return the specified destination.
3662 BasicBlock *getDestination(unsigned i) { return getSuccessor(i); }
3663 const BasicBlock *getDestination(unsigned i) const { return getSuccessor(i); }
3664
3665 /// Add a destination.
3666 ///
3667 void addDestination(BasicBlock *Dest);
3668
3669 /// This method removes the specified successor from the
3670 /// indirectbr instruction.
3671 void removeDestination(unsigned i);
3672
3673 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return getNumOperands()-1; }
3674 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned i) const {
3675 return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(i+1));
3676 }
3677 void setSuccessor(unsigned i, BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
3678 setOperand(i + 1, NewSucc);
3679 }
3680
3681 iterator_range<succ_op_iterator> successors() {
3682 return make_range(succ_op_iterator(std::next(value_op_begin())),
3683 succ_op_iterator(value_op_end()));
3684 }
3685
3686 iterator_range<const_succ_op_iterator> successors() const {
3687 return make_range(const_succ_op_iterator(std::next(value_op_begin())),
3688 const_succ_op_iterator(value_op_end()));
3689 }
3690
3691 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
3692 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
3693 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::IndirectBr;
3694 }
3695 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
3696 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
3697 }
3698};
3699
3700template <>
3701struct OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst> : public HungoffOperandTraits<1> {
3702};
3703
3704DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(IndirectBrInst, Value)IndirectBrInst::op_iterator IndirectBrInst::op_begin() { return
OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_begin(this); } IndirectBrInst
::const_op_iterator IndirectBrInst::op_begin() const { return
OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_begin(const_cast<
IndirectBrInst*>(this)); } IndirectBrInst::op_iterator IndirectBrInst
::op_end() { return OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_end
(this); } IndirectBrInst::const_op_iterator IndirectBrInst::op_end
() const { return OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_end
(const_cast<IndirectBrInst*>(this)); } Value *IndirectBrInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_begin(
const_cast<IndirectBrInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get());
} void IndirectBrInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value
*Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst
>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned
IndirectBrInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits
<IndirectBrInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture
> Use &IndirectBrInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<
Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture>
const Use &IndirectBrInst::Op() const { return this->
OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
3705
3706//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3707// InvokeInst Class
3708//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3709
3710/// Invoke instruction. The SubclassData field is used to hold the
3711/// calling convention of the call.
3712///
3713class InvokeInst : public CallBase {
3714 /// The number of operands for this call beyond the called function,
3715 /// arguments, and operand bundles.
3716 static constexpr int NumExtraOperands = 2;
3717
3718 /// The index from the end of the operand array to the normal destination.
3719 static constexpr int NormalDestOpEndIdx = -3;
3720
3721 /// The index from the end of the operand array to the unwind destination.
3722 static constexpr int UnwindDestOpEndIdx = -2;
3723
3724 InvokeInst(const InvokeInst &BI);
3725
3726 /// Construct an InvokeInst given a range of arguments.
3727 ///
3728 /// Construct an InvokeInst from a range of arguments
3729 inline InvokeInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3730 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3731 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands,
3732 const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore);
3733
3734 inline InvokeInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3735 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3736 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands,
3737 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
3738
3739 void init(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3740 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3741 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr);
3742
3743 /// Compute the number of operands to allocate.
3744 static int ComputeNumOperands(int NumArgs, int NumBundleInputs = 0) {
3745 // We need one operand for the called function, plus our extra operands and
3746 // the input operand counts provided.
3747 return 1 + NumExtraOperands + NumArgs + NumBundleInputs;
3748 }
3749
3750protected:
3751 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
3752 friend class Instruction;
3753
3754 InvokeInst *cloneImpl() const;
3755
3756public:
3757 static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3758 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3759 const Twine &NameStr,
3760 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3761 int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size());
3762 return new (NumOperands)
3763 InvokeInst(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, None, NumOperands,
3764 NameStr, InsertBefore);
3765 }
3766
3767 static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3768 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3769 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None,
3770 const Twine &NameStr = "",
3771 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3772 int NumOperands =
3773 ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), CountBundleInputs(Bundles));
3774 unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo);
3775
3776 return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes)
3777 InvokeInst(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, Bundles, NumOperands,
3778 NameStr, InsertBefore);
3779 }
3780
3781 static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3782 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3783 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
3784 int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size());
3785 return new (NumOperands)
3786 InvokeInst(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, None, NumOperands,
3787 NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
3788 }
3789
3790 static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3791 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3792 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
3793 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
3794 int NumOperands =
3795 ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), CountBundleInputs(Bundles));
3796 unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo);
3797
3798 return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes)
3799 InvokeInst(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, Bundles, NumOperands,
3800 NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
3801 }
3802
3803 static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3804 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3805 const Twine &NameStr,
3806 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3807 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), IfNormal,
3808 IfException, Args, None, NameStr, InsertBefore);
3809 }
3810
3811 static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3812 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3813 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None,
3814 const Twine &NameStr = "",
3815 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3816 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), IfNormal,
3817 IfException, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertBefore);
3818 }
3819
3820 static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3821 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3822 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
3823 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), IfNormal,
3824 IfException, Args, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
3825 }
3826
3827 static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3828 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3829 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
3830 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
3831 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), IfNormal,
3832 IfException, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
3833 }
3834
3835 /// Create a clone of \p II with a different set of operand bundles and
3836 /// insert it before \p InsertPt.
3837 ///
3838 /// The returned invoke instruction is identical to \p II in every way except
3839 /// that the operand bundles for the new instruction are set to the operand
3840 /// bundles in \p Bundles.
3841 static InvokeInst *Create(InvokeInst *II, ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
3842 Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr);
3843
3844 // get*Dest - Return the destination basic blocks...
3845 BasicBlock *getNormalDest() const {
3846 return cast<BasicBlock>(Op<NormalDestOpEndIdx>());
3847 }
3848 BasicBlock *getUnwindDest() const {
3849 return cast<BasicBlock>(Op<UnwindDestOpEndIdx>());
3850 }
3851 void setNormalDest(BasicBlock *B) {
3852 Op<NormalDestOpEndIdx>() = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(B);
3853 }
3854 void setUnwindDest(BasicBlock *B) {
3855 Op<UnwindDestOpEndIdx>() = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(B);
3856 }
3857
3858 /// Get the landingpad instruction from the landing pad
3859 /// block (the unwind destination).
3860 LandingPadInst *getLandingPadInst() const;
3861
3862 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned i) const {
3863 assert(i < 2 && "Successor # out of range for invoke!")((void)0);
3864 return i == 0 ? getNormalDest() : getUnwindDest();
3865 }
3866
3867 void setSuccessor(unsigned i, BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
3868 assert(i < 2 && "Successor # out of range for invoke!")((void)0);
3869 if (i == 0)
3870 setNormalDest(NewSucc);
3871 else
3872 setUnwindDest(NewSucc);
3873 }
3874
3875 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 2; }
3876
3877 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
3878 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
3879 return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Invoke);
3880 }
3881 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
3882 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
3883 }
3884
3885private:
3886 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
3887 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
3888 template <typename Bitfield>
3889 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
3890 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
3891 }
3892};
3893
3894InvokeInst::InvokeInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3895 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3896 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands,
3897 const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore)
3898 : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Invoke,
3899 OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - NumOperands, NumOperands,
3900 InsertBefore) {
3901 init(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, Bundles, NameStr);
3902}
3903
3904InvokeInst::InvokeInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal,
3905 BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3906 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands,
3907 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
3908 : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Invoke,
3909 OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - NumOperands, NumOperands,
3910 InsertAtEnd) {
3911 init(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, Bundles, NameStr);
3912}
3913
3914//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3915// CallBrInst Class
3916//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3917
3918/// CallBr instruction, tracking function calls that may not return control but
3919/// instead transfer it to a third location. The SubclassData field is used to
3920/// hold the calling convention of the call.
3921///
3922class CallBrInst : public CallBase {
3923
3924 unsigned NumIndirectDests;
3925
3926 CallBrInst(const CallBrInst &BI);
3927
3928 /// Construct a CallBrInst given a range of arguments.
3929 ///
3930 /// Construct a CallBrInst from a range of arguments
3931 inline CallBrInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
3932 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
3933 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3934 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands,
3935 const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore);
3936
3937 inline CallBrInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
3938 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
3939 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3940 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands,
3941 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
3942
3943 void init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
3944 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3945 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr);
3946
3947 /// Should the Indirect Destinations change, scan + update the Arg list.
3948 void updateArgBlockAddresses(unsigned i, BasicBlock *B);
3949
3950 /// Compute the number of operands to allocate.
3951 static int ComputeNumOperands(int NumArgs, int NumIndirectDests,
3952 int NumBundleInputs = 0) {
3953 // We need one operand for the called function, plus our extra operands and
3954 // the input operand counts provided.
3955 return 2 + NumIndirectDests + NumArgs + NumBundleInputs;
3956 }
3957
3958protected:
3959 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
3960 friend class Instruction;
3961
3962 CallBrInst *cloneImpl() const;
3963
3964public:
3965 static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func,
3966 BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
3967 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
3968 ArrayRef<Value *> Args, const Twine &NameStr,
3969 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3970 int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), IndirectDests.size());
3971 return new (NumOperands)
3972 CallBrInst(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, None,
3973 NumOperands, NameStr, InsertBefore);
3974 }
3975
3976 static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func,
3977 BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
3978 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
3979 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
3980 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None,
3981 const Twine &NameStr = "",
3982 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
3983 int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), IndirectDests.size(),
3984 CountBundleInputs(Bundles));
3985 unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo);
3986
3987 return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes)
3988 CallBrInst(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, Bundles,
3989 NumOperands, NameStr, InsertBefore);
3990 }
3991
3992 static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func,
3993 BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
3994 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
3995 ArrayRef<Value *> Args, const Twine &NameStr,
3996 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
3997 int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), IndirectDests.size());
3998 return new (NumOperands)
3999 CallBrInst(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, None,
4000 NumOperands, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
4001 }
4002
4003 static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func,
4004 BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
4005 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
4006 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4007 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
4008 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
4009 int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), IndirectDests.size(),
4010 CountBundleInputs(Bundles));
4011 unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo);
4012
4013 return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes)
4014 CallBrInst(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, Bundles,
4015 NumOperands, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
4016 }
4017
4018 static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
4019 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
4020 ArrayRef<Value *> Args, const Twine &NameStr,
4021 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
4022 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), DefaultDest,
4023 IndirectDests, Args, NameStr, InsertBefore);
4024 }
4025
4026 static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
4027 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
4028 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4029 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None,
4030 const Twine &NameStr = "",
4031 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
4032 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), DefaultDest,
4033 IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertBefore);
4034 }
4035
4036 static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
4037 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
4038 ArrayRef<Value *> Args, const Twine &NameStr,
4039 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
4040 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), DefaultDest,
4041 IndirectDests, Args, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
4042 }
4043
4044 static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func,
4045 BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
4046 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
4047 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4048 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
4049 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
4050 return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), DefaultDest,
4051 IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
4052 }
4053
4054 /// Create a clone of \p CBI with a different set of operand bundles and
4055 /// insert it before \p InsertPt.
4056 ///
4057 /// The returned callbr instruction is identical to \p CBI in every way
4058 /// except that the operand bundles for the new instruction are set to the
4059 /// operand bundles in \p Bundles.
4060 static CallBrInst *Create(CallBrInst *CBI,
4061 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles,
4062 Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr);
4063
4064 /// Return the number of callbr indirect dest labels.
4065 ///
4066 unsigned getNumIndirectDests() const { return NumIndirectDests; }
4067
4068 /// getIndirectDestLabel - Return the i-th indirect dest label.
4069 ///
4070 Value *getIndirectDestLabel(unsigned i) const {
4071 assert(i < getNumIndirectDests() && "Out of bounds!")((void)0);
4072 return getOperand(i + getNumArgOperands() + getNumTotalBundleOperands() +
4073 1);
4074 }
4075
4076 Value *getIndirectDestLabelUse(unsigned i) const {
4077 assert(i < getNumIndirectDests() && "Out of bounds!")((void)0);
4078 return getOperandUse(i + getNumArgOperands() + getNumTotalBundleOperands() +
4079 1);
4080 }
4081
4082 // Return the destination basic blocks...
4083 BasicBlock *getDefaultDest() const {
4084 return cast<BasicBlock>(*(&Op<-1>() - getNumIndirectDests() - 1));
4085 }
4086 BasicBlock *getIndirectDest(unsigned i) const {
4087 return cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(*(&Op<-1>() - getNumIndirectDests() + i));
4088 }
4089 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 16> getIndirectDests() const {
4090 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 16> IndirectDests;
4091 for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumIndirectDests(); i < e; ++i)
4092 IndirectDests.push_back(getIndirectDest(i));
4093 return IndirectDests;
4094 }
4095 void setDefaultDest(BasicBlock *B) {
4096 *(&Op<-1>() - getNumIndirectDests() - 1) = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(B);
4097 }
4098 void setIndirectDest(unsigned i, BasicBlock *B) {
4099 updateArgBlockAddresses(i, B);
4100 *(&Op<-1>() - getNumIndirectDests() + i) = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(B);
4101 }
4102
4103 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned i) const {
4104 assert(i < getNumSuccessors() + 1 &&((void)0)
4105 "Successor # out of range for callbr!")((void)0);
4106 return i == 0 ? getDefaultDest() : getIndirectDest(i - 1);
4107 }
4108
4109 void setSuccessor(unsigned i, BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
4110 assert(i < getNumIndirectDests() + 1 &&((void)0)
4111 "Successor # out of range for callbr!")((void)0);
4112 return i == 0 ? setDefaultDest(NewSucc) : setIndirectDest(i - 1, NewSucc);
4113 }
4114
4115 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return getNumIndirectDests() + 1; }
4116
4117 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4118 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4119 return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CallBr);
4120 }
4121 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4122 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4123 }
4124
4125private:
4126 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
4127 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
4128 template <typename Bitfield>
4129 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
4130 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
4131 }
4132};
4133
4134CallBrInst::CallBrInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
4135 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
4136 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4137 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands,
4138 const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore)
4139 : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::CallBr,
4140 OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - NumOperands, NumOperands,
4141 InsertBefore) {
4142 init(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, NameStr);
4143}
4144
4145CallBrInst::CallBrInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest,
4146 ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests,
4147 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4148 ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands,
4149 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
4150 : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::CallBr,
4151 OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - NumOperands, NumOperands,
4152 InsertAtEnd) {
4153 init(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, NameStr);
4154}
4155
4156//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4157// ResumeInst Class
4158//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4159
4160//===---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4161/// Resume the propagation of an exception.
4162///
4163class ResumeInst : public Instruction {
4164 ResumeInst(const ResumeInst &RI);
4165
4166 explicit ResumeInst(Value *Exn, Instruction *InsertBefore=nullptr);
4167 ResumeInst(Value *Exn, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
4168
4169protected:
4170 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4171 friend class Instruction;
4172
4173 ResumeInst *cloneImpl() const;
4174
4175public:
4176 static ResumeInst *Create(Value *Exn, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
4177 return new(1) ResumeInst(Exn, InsertBefore);
4178 }
4179
4180 static ResumeInst *Create(Value *Exn, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
4181 return new(1) ResumeInst(Exn, InsertAtEnd);
4182 }
4183
4184 /// Provide fast operand accessors
4185 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
4186
4187 /// Convenience accessor.
4188 Value *getValue() const { return Op<0>(); }
4189
4190 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 0; }
4191
4192 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4193 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4194 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Resume;
4195 }
4196 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4197 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4198 }
4199
4200private:
4201 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned idx) const {
4202 llvm_unreachable("ResumeInst has no successors!")__builtin_unreachable();
4203 }
4204
4205 void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
4206 llvm_unreachable("ResumeInst has no successors!")__builtin_unreachable();
4207 }
4208};
4209
4210template <>
4211struct OperandTraits<ResumeInst> :
4212 public FixedNumOperandTraits<ResumeInst, 1> {
4213};
4214
4215DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(ResumeInst, Value)ResumeInst::op_iterator ResumeInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits
<ResumeInst>::op_begin(this); } ResumeInst::const_op_iterator
ResumeInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<ResumeInst
>::op_begin(const_cast<ResumeInst*>(this)); } ResumeInst
::op_iterator ResumeInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<
ResumeInst>::op_end(this); } ResumeInst::const_op_iterator
ResumeInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<ResumeInst
>::op_end(const_cast<ResumeInst*>(this)); } Value *ResumeInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<ResumeInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void ResumeInst
::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { ((
void)0); OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture
] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned ResumeInst::getNumOperands() const
{ return OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::operands(this); } template
<int Idx_nocapture> Use &ResumeInst::Op() { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int
Idx_nocapture> const Use &ResumeInst::Op() const { return
this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
4216
4217//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4218// CatchSwitchInst Class
4219//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4220class CatchSwitchInst : public Instruction {
4221 using UnwindDestField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>;
4222
4223 /// The number of operands actually allocated. NumOperands is
4224 /// the number actually in use.
4225 unsigned ReservedSpace;
4226
4227 // Operand[0] = Outer scope
4228 // Operand[1] = Unwind block destination
4229 // Operand[n] = BasicBlock to go to on match
4230 CatchSwitchInst(const CatchSwitchInst &CSI);
4231
4232 /// Create a new switch instruction, specifying a
4233 /// default destination. The number of additional handlers can be specified
4234 /// here to make memory allocation more efficient.
4235 /// This constructor can also autoinsert before another instruction.
4236 CatchSwitchInst(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest,
4237 unsigned NumHandlers, const Twine &NameStr,
4238 Instruction *InsertBefore);
4239
4240 /// Create a new switch instruction, specifying a
4241 /// default destination. The number of additional handlers can be specified
4242 /// here to make memory allocation more efficient.
4243 /// This constructor also autoinserts at the end of the specified BasicBlock.
4244 CatchSwitchInst(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest,
4245 unsigned NumHandlers, const Twine &NameStr,
4246 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
4247
4248 // allocate space for exactly zero operands
4249 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S); }
4250
4251 void init(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest, unsigned NumReserved);
4252 void growOperands(unsigned Size);
4253
4254protected:
4255 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4256 friend class Instruction;
4257
4258 CatchSwitchInst *cloneImpl() const;
4259
4260public:
4261 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { return User::operator delete(Ptr); }
4262
4263 static CatchSwitchInst *Create(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest,
4264 unsigned NumHandlers,
4265 const Twine &NameStr = "",
4266 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
4267 return new CatchSwitchInst(ParentPad, UnwindDest, NumHandlers, NameStr,
4268 InsertBefore);
4269 }
4270
4271 static CatchSwitchInst *Create(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest,
4272 unsigned NumHandlers, const Twine &NameStr,
4273 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
4274 return new CatchSwitchInst(ParentPad, UnwindDest, NumHandlers, NameStr,
4275 InsertAtEnd);
4276 }
4277
4278 /// Provide fast operand accessors
4279 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
4280
4281 // Accessor Methods for CatchSwitch stmt
4282 Value *getParentPad() const { return getOperand(0); }
4283 void setParentPad(Value *ParentPad) { setOperand(0, ParentPad); }
4284
4285 // Accessor Methods for CatchSwitch stmt
4286 bool hasUnwindDest() const { return getSubclassData<UnwindDestField>(); }
4287 bool unwindsToCaller() const { return !hasUnwindDest(); }
4288 BasicBlock *getUnwindDest() const {
4289 if (hasUnwindDest())
4290 return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(1));
4291 return nullptr;
4292 }
4293 void setUnwindDest(BasicBlock *UnwindDest) {
4294 assert(UnwindDest)((void)0);
4295 assert(hasUnwindDest())((void)0);
4296 setOperand(1, UnwindDest);
4297 }
4298
4299 /// return the number of 'handlers' in this catchswitch
4300 /// instruction, except the default handler
4301 unsigned getNumHandlers() const {
4302 if (hasUnwindDest())
4303 return getNumOperands() - 2;
4304 return getNumOperands() - 1;
4305 }
4306
4307private:
4308 static BasicBlock *handler_helper(Value *V) { return cast<BasicBlock>(V); }
4309 static const BasicBlock *handler_helper(const Value *V) {
4310 return cast<BasicBlock>(V);
4311 }
4312
4313public:
4314 using DerefFnTy = BasicBlock *(*)(Value *);
4315 using handler_iterator = mapped_iterator<op_iterator, DerefFnTy>;
4316 using handler_range = iterator_range<handler_iterator>;
4317 using ConstDerefFnTy = const BasicBlock *(*)(const Value *);
4318 using const_handler_iterator =
4319 mapped_iterator<const_op_iterator, ConstDerefFnTy>;
4320 using const_handler_range = iterator_range<const_handler_iterator>;
4321
4322 /// Returns an iterator that points to the first handler in CatchSwitchInst.
4323 handler_iterator handler_begin() {
4324 op_iterator It = op_begin() + 1;
4325 if (hasUnwindDest())
4326 ++It;
4327 return handler_iterator(It, DerefFnTy(handler_helper));
4328 }
4329
4330 /// Returns an iterator that points to the first handler in the
4331 /// CatchSwitchInst.
4332 const_handler_iterator handler_begin() const {
4333 const_op_iterator It = op_begin() + 1;
4334 if (hasUnwindDest())
4335 ++It;
4336 return const_handler_iterator(It, ConstDerefFnTy(handler_helper));
4337 }
4338
4339 /// Returns a read-only iterator that points one past the last
4340 /// handler in the CatchSwitchInst.
4341 handler_iterator handler_end() {
4342 return handler_iterator(op_end(), DerefFnTy(handler_helper));
4343 }
4344
4345 /// Returns an iterator that points one past the last handler in the
4346 /// CatchSwitchInst.
4347 const_handler_iterator handler_end() const {
4348 return const_handler_iterator(op_end(), ConstDerefFnTy(handler_helper));
4349 }
4350
4351 /// iteration adapter for range-for loops.
4352 handler_range handlers() {
4353 return make_range(handler_begin(), handler_end());
4354 }
4355
4356 /// iteration adapter for range-for loops.
4357 const_handler_range handlers() const {
4358 return make_range(handler_begin(), handler_end());
4359 }
4360
4361 /// Add an entry to the switch instruction...
4362 /// Note:
4363 /// This action invalidates handler_end(). Old handler_end() iterator will
4364 /// point to the added handler.
4365 void addHandler(BasicBlock *Dest);
4366
4367 void removeHandler(handler_iterator HI);
4368
4369 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return getNumOperands() - 1; }
4370 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned Idx) const {
4371 assert(Idx < getNumSuccessors() &&((void)0)
4372 "Successor # out of range for catchswitch!")((void)0);
4373 return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(Idx + 1));
4374 }
4375 void setSuccessor(unsigned Idx, BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
4376 assert(Idx < getNumSuccessors() &&((void)0)
4377 "Successor # out of range for catchswitch!")((void)0);
4378 setOperand(Idx + 1, NewSucc);
4379 }
4380
4381 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4382 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4383 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CatchSwitch;
4384 }
4385 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4386 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4387 }
4388};
4389
4390template <>
4391struct OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst> : public HungoffOperandTraits<2> {};
4392
4393DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(CatchSwitchInst, Value)CatchSwitchInst::op_iterator CatchSwitchInst::op_begin() { return
OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::op_begin(this); } CatchSwitchInst
::const_op_iterator CatchSwitchInst::op_begin() const { return
OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::op_begin(const_cast<
CatchSwitchInst*>(this)); } CatchSwitchInst::op_iterator CatchSwitchInst
::op_end() { return OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::op_end
(this); } CatchSwitchInst::const_op_iterator CatchSwitchInst::
op_end() const { return OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::
op_end(const_cast<CatchSwitchInst*>(this)); } Value *CatchSwitchInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::op_begin
(const_cast<CatchSwitchInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()
); } void CatchSwitchInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value
*Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst
>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned
CatchSwitchInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits
<CatchSwitchInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture
> Use &CatchSwitchInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<
Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture>
const Use &CatchSwitchInst::Op() const { return this->
OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
4394
4395//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4396// CleanupPadInst Class
4397//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4398class CleanupPadInst : public FuncletPadInst {
4399private:
4400 explicit CleanupPadInst(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4401 unsigned Values, const Twine &NameStr,
4402 Instruction *InsertBefore)
4403 : FuncletPadInst(Instruction::CleanupPad, ParentPad, Args, Values,
4404 NameStr, InsertBefore) {}
4405 explicit CleanupPadInst(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4406 unsigned Values, const Twine &NameStr,
4407 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
4408 : FuncletPadInst(Instruction::CleanupPad, ParentPad, Args, Values,
4409 NameStr, InsertAtEnd) {}
4410
4411public:
4412 static CleanupPadInst *Create(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args = None,
4413 const Twine &NameStr = "",
4414 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
4415 unsigned Values = 1 + Args.size();
4416 return new (Values)
4417 CleanupPadInst(ParentPad, Args, Values, NameStr, InsertBefore);
4418 }
4419
4420 static CleanupPadInst *Create(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4421 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
4422 unsigned Values = 1 + Args.size();
4423 return new (Values)
4424 CleanupPadInst(ParentPad, Args, Values, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
4425 }
4426
4427 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4428 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4429 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CleanupPad;
4430 }
4431 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4432 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4433 }
4434};
4435
4436//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4437// CatchPadInst Class
4438//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4439class CatchPadInst : public FuncletPadInst {
4440private:
4441 explicit CatchPadInst(Value *CatchSwitch, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4442 unsigned Values, const Twine &NameStr,
4443 Instruction *InsertBefore)
4444 : FuncletPadInst(Instruction::CatchPad, CatchSwitch, Args, Values,
4445 NameStr, InsertBefore) {}
4446 explicit CatchPadInst(Value *CatchSwitch, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4447 unsigned Values, const Twine &NameStr,
4448 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd)
4449 : FuncletPadInst(Instruction::CatchPad, CatchSwitch, Args, Values,
4450 NameStr, InsertAtEnd) {}
4451
4452public:
4453 static CatchPadInst *Create(Value *CatchSwitch, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4454 const Twine &NameStr = "",
4455 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
4456 unsigned Values = 1 + Args.size();
4457 return new (Values)
4458 CatchPadInst(CatchSwitch, Args, Values, NameStr, InsertBefore);
4459 }
4460
4461 static CatchPadInst *Create(Value *CatchSwitch, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
4462 const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
4463 unsigned Values = 1 + Args.size();
4464 return new (Values)
4465 CatchPadInst(CatchSwitch, Args, Values, NameStr, InsertAtEnd);
4466 }
4467
4468 /// Convenience accessors
4469 CatchSwitchInst *getCatchSwitch() const {
4470 return cast<CatchSwitchInst>(Op<-1>());
4471 }
4472 void setCatchSwitch(Value *CatchSwitch) {
4473 assert(CatchSwitch)((void)0);
4474 Op<-1>() = CatchSwitch;
4475 }
4476
4477 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4478 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4479 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CatchPad;
4480 }
4481 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4482 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4483 }
4484};
4485
4486//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4487// CatchReturnInst Class
4488//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4489
4490class CatchReturnInst : public Instruction {
4491 CatchReturnInst(const CatchReturnInst &RI);
4492 CatchReturnInst(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB, Instruction *InsertBefore);
4493 CatchReturnInst(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
4494
4495 void init(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB);
4496
4497protected:
4498 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4499 friend class Instruction;
4500
4501 CatchReturnInst *cloneImpl() const;
4502
4503public:
4504 static CatchReturnInst *Create(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB,
4505 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
4506 assert(CatchPad)((void)0);
4507 assert(BB)((void)0);
4508 return new (2) CatchReturnInst(CatchPad, BB, InsertBefore);
4509 }
4510
4511 static CatchReturnInst *Create(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB,
4512 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
4513 assert(CatchPad)((void)0);
4514 assert(BB)((void)0);
4515 return new (2) CatchReturnInst(CatchPad, BB, InsertAtEnd);
4516 }
4517
4518 /// Provide fast operand accessors
4519 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
4520
4521 /// Convenience accessors.
4522 CatchPadInst *getCatchPad() const { return cast<CatchPadInst>(Op<0>()); }
4523 void setCatchPad(CatchPadInst *CatchPad) {
4524 assert(CatchPad)((void)0);
4525 Op<0>() = CatchPad;
4526 }
4527
4528 BasicBlock *getSuccessor() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(Op<1>()); }
4529 void setSuccessor(BasicBlock *NewSucc) {
4530 assert(NewSucc)((void)0);
4531 Op<1>() = NewSucc;
4532 }
4533 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 1; }
4534
4535 /// Get the parentPad of this catchret's catchpad's catchswitch.
4536 /// The successor block is implicitly a member of this funclet.
4537 Value *getCatchSwitchParentPad() const {
4538 return getCatchPad()->getCatchSwitch()->getParentPad();
4539 }
4540
4541 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4542 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4543 return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CatchRet);
4544 }
4545 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4546 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4547 }
4548
4549private:
4550 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned Idx) const {
4551 assert(Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchret!")((void)0);
4552 return getSuccessor();
4553 }
4554
4555 void setSuccessor(unsigned Idx, BasicBlock *B) {
4556 assert(Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchret!")((void)0);
4557 setSuccessor(B);
4558 }
4559};
4560
4561template <>
4562struct OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>
4563 : public FixedNumOperandTraits<CatchReturnInst, 2> {};
4564
4565DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(CatchReturnInst, Value)CatchReturnInst::op_iterator CatchReturnInst::op_begin() { return
OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_begin(this); } CatchReturnInst
::const_op_iterator CatchReturnInst::op_begin() const { return
OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_begin(const_cast<
CatchReturnInst*>(this)); } CatchReturnInst::op_iterator CatchReturnInst
::op_end() { return OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_end
(this); } CatchReturnInst::const_op_iterator CatchReturnInst::
op_end() const { return OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::
op_end(const_cast<CatchReturnInst*>(this)); } Value *CatchReturnInst
::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null
<Value>( OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_begin
(const_cast<CatchReturnInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()
); } void CatchReturnInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value
*Val_nocapture) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst
>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned
CatchReturnInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits
<CatchReturnInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture
> Use &CatchReturnInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<
Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture>
const Use &CatchReturnInst::Op() const { return this->
OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); }
4566
4567//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4568// CleanupReturnInst Class
4569//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4570
4571class CleanupReturnInst : public Instruction {
4572 using UnwindDestField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>;
4573
4574private:
4575 CleanupReturnInst(const CleanupReturnInst &RI);
4576 CleanupReturnInst(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB, unsigned Values,
4577 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
4578 CleanupReturnInst(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB, unsigned Values,
4579 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
4580
4581 void init(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB);
4582
4583protected:
4584 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4585 friend class Instruction;
4586
4587 CleanupReturnInst *cloneImpl() const;
4588
4589public:
4590 static CleanupReturnInst *Create(Value *CleanupPad,
4591 BasicBlock *UnwindBB = nullptr,
4592 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) {
4593 assert(CleanupPad)((void)0);
4594 unsigned Values = 1;
4595 if (UnwindBB)
4596 ++Values;
4597 return new (Values)
4598 CleanupReturnInst(CleanupPad, UnwindBB, Values, InsertBefore);
4599 }
4600
4601 static CleanupReturnInst *Create(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB,
4602 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) {
4603 assert(CleanupPad)((void)0);
4604 unsigned Values = 1;
4605 if (UnwindBB)
4606 ++Values;
4607 return new (Values)
4608 CleanupReturnInst(CleanupPad, UnwindBB, Values, InsertAtEnd);
4609 }
4610
4611 /// Provide fast operand accessors
4612 DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void
setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin();
inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator
op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected
: template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int
> inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned
getNumOperands() const
;
4613
4614 bool hasUnwindDest() const { return getSubclassData<UnwindDestField>(); }
4615 bool unwindsToCaller() const { return !hasUnwindDest(); }
4616
4617 /// Convenience accessor.
4618 CleanupPadInst *getCleanupPad() const {
4619 return cast<CleanupPadInst>(Op<0>());
4620 }
4621 void setCleanupPad(CleanupPadInst *CleanupPad) {
4622 assert(CleanupPad)((void)0);
4623 Op<0>() = CleanupPad;
4624 }
4625
4626 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return hasUnwindDest() ? 1 : 0; }
4627
4628 BasicBlock *getUnwindDest() const {
4629 return hasUnwindDest() ? cast<BasicBlock>(Op<1>()) : nullptr;
4630 }
4631 void setUnwindDest(BasicBlock *NewDest) {
4632 assert(NewDest)((void)0);
4633 assert(hasUnwindDest())((void)0);
4634 Op<1>() = NewDest;
4635 }
4636
4637 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4638 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4639 return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CleanupRet);
4640 }
4641 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4642 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4643 }
4644
4645private:
4646 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned Idx) const {
4647 assert(Idx == 0)((void)0);
4648 return getUnwindDest();
4649 }
4650
4651 void setSuccessor(unsigned Idx, BasicBlock *B) {
4652 assert(Idx == 0)((void)0);
4653 setUnwindDest(B);
4654 }
4655
4656 // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding
4657 // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it.
4658 template <typename Bitfield>
4659 void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
4660 Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value);
4661 }
4662};
4663
4664template <>
4665struct OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>
4666 : public VariadicOperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst, /*MINARITY=*/1> {};
4667
4668DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(CleanupReturnInst, Value)CleanupReturnInst::op_iterator CleanupReturnInst::op_begin() {
return OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::op_begin(this
); } CleanupReturnInst::const_op_iterator CleanupReturnInst::
op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>
::op_begin(const_cast<CleanupReturnInst*>(this)); } CleanupReturnInst
::op_iterator CleanupReturnInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits
<CleanupReturnInst>::op_end(this); } CleanupReturnInst::
const_op_iterator CleanupReturnInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits
<CleanupReturnInst>::op_end(const_cast<CleanupReturnInst
*>(this)); } Value *CleanupReturnInst::getOperand(unsigned
i_nocapture) const { ((void)0); return cast_or_null<Value
>( OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::op_begin(const_cast
<CleanupReturnInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void
CleanupReturnInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture
) { ((void)0); OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::op_begin
(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned CleanupReturnInst
::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst
>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use
&CleanupReturnInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &
CleanupReturnInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture
>(this); }
4669
4670//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4671// UnreachableInst Class
4672//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4673
4674//===---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4675/// This function has undefined behavior. In particular, the
4676/// presence of this instruction indicates some higher level knowledge that the
4677/// end of the block cannot be reached.
4678///
4679class UnreachableInst : public Instruction {
4680protected:
4681 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4682 friend class Instruction;
4683
4684 UnreachableInst *cloneImpl() const;
4685
4686public:
4687 explicit UnreachableInst(LLVMContext &C, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
4688 explicit UnreachableInst(LLVMContext &C, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
4689
4690 // allocate space for exactly zero operands
4691 void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 0); }
4692 void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); }
4693
4694 unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 0; }
4695
4696 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4697 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4698 return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Unreachable;
4699 }
4700 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4701 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4702 }
4703
4704private:
4705 BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned idx) const {
4706 llvm_unreachable("UnreachableInst has no successors!")__builtin_unreachable();
4707 }
4708
4709 void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *B) {
4710 llvm_unreachable("UnreachableInst has no successors!")__builtin_unreachable();
4711 }
4712};
4713
4714//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4715// TruncInst Class
4716//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4717
4718/// This class represents a truncation of integer types.
4719class TruncInst : public CastInst {
4720protected:
4721 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4722 friend class Instruction;
4723
4724 /// Clone an identical TruncInst
4725 TruncInst *cloneImpl() const;
4726
4727public:
4728 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
4729 TruncInst(
4730 Value *S, ///< The value to be truncated
4731 Type *Ty, ///< The (smaller) type to truncate to
4732 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
4733 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
4734 );
4735
4736 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
4737 TruncInst(
4738 Value *S, ///< The value to be truncated
4739 Type *Ty, ///< The (smaller) type to truncate to
4740 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
4741 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
4742 );
4743
4744 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4745 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4746 return I->getOpcode() == Trunc;
4747 }
4748 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4749 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4750 }
4751};
4752
4753//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4754// ZExtInst Class
4755//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4756
4757/// This class represents zero extension of integer types.
4758class ZExtInst : public CastInst {
4759protected:
4760 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4761 friend class Instruction;
4762
4763 /// Clone an identical ZExtInst
4764 ZExtInst *cloneImpl() const;
4765
4766public:
4767 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
4768 ZExtInst(
4769 Value *S, ///< The value to be zero extended
4770 Type *Ty, ///< The type to zero extend to
4771 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
4772 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
4773 );
4774
4775 /// Constructor with insert-at-end semantics.
4776 ZExtInst(
4777 Value *S, ///< The value to be zero extended
4778 Type *Ty, ///< The type to zero extend to
4779 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
4780 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
4781 );
4782
4783 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4784 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4785 return I->getOpcode() == ZExt;
4786 }
4787 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4788 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4789 }
4790};
4791
4792//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4793// SExtInst Class
4794//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4795
4796/// This class represents a sign extension of integer types.
4797class SExtInst : public CastInst {
4798protected:
4799 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4800 friend class Instruction;
4801
4802 /// Clone an identical SExtInst
4803 SExtInst *cloneImpl() const;
4804
4805public:
4806 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
4807 SExtInst(
4808 Value *S, ///< The value to be sign extended
4809 Type *Ty, ///< The type to sign extend to
4810 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
4811 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
4812 );
4813
4814 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
4815 SExtInst(
4816 Value *S, ///< The value to be sign extended
4817 Type *Ty, ///< The type to sign extend to
4818 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
4819 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
4820 );
4821
4822 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4823 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4824 return I->getOpcode() == SExt;
4825 }
4826 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4827 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4828 }
4829};
4830
4831//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4832// FPTruncInst Class
4833//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4834
4835/// This class represents a truncation of floating point types.
4836class FPTruncInst : public CastInst {
4837protected:
4838 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4839 friend class Instruction;
4840
4841 /// Clone an identical FPTruncInst
4842 FPTruncInst *cloneImpl() const;
4843
4844public:
4845 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
4846 FPTruncInst(
4847 Value *S, ///< The value to be truncated
4848 Type *Ty, ///< The type to truncate to
4849 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
4850 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
4851 );
4852
4853 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
4854 FPTruncInst(
4855 Value *S, ///< The value to be truncated
4856 Type *Ty, ///< The type to truncate to
4857 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
4858 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
4859 );
4860
4861 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4862 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4863 return I->getOpcode() == FPTrunc;
4864 }
4865 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4866 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4867 }
4868};
4869
4870//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4871// FPExtInst Class
4872//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4873
4874/// This class represents an extension of floating point types.
4875class FPExtInst : public CastInst {
4876protected:
4877 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4878 friend class Instruction;
4879
4880 /// Clone an identical FPExtInst
4881 FPExtInst *cloneImpl() const;
4882
4883public:
4884 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
4885 FPExtInst(
4886 Value *S, ///< The value to be extended
4887 Type *Ty, ///< The type to extend to
4888 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
4889 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
4890 );
4891
4892 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
4893 FPExtInst(
4894 Value *S, ///< The value to be extended
4895 Type *Ty, ///< The type to extend to
4896 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
4897 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
4898 );
4899
4900 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4901 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4902 return I->getOpcode() == FPExt;
4903 }
4904 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4905 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4906 }
4907};
4908
4909//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4910// UIToFPInst Class
4911//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4912
4913/// This class represents a cast unsigned integer to floating point.
4914class UIToFPInst : public CastInst {
4915protected:
4916 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4917 friend class Instruction;
4918
4919 /// Clone an identical UIToFPInst
4920 UIToFPInst *cloneImpl() const;
4921
4922public:
4923 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
4924 UIToFPInst(
4925 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
4926 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
4927 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
4928 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
4929 );
4930
4931 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
4932 UIToFPInst(
4933 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
4934 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
4935 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
4936 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
4937 );
4938
4939 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4940 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4941 return I->getOpcode() == UIToFP;
4942 }
4943 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4944 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4945 }
4946};
4947
4948//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4949// SIToFPInst Class
4950//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4951
4952/// This class represents a cast from signed integer to floating point.
4953class SIToFPInst : public CastInst {
4954protected:
4955 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4956 friend class Instruction;
4957
4958 /// Clone an identical SIToFPInst
4959 SIToFPInst *cloneImpl() const;
4960
4961public:
4962 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
4963 SIToFPInst(
4964 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
4965 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
4966 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
4967 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
4968 );
4969
4970 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
4971 SIToFPInst(
4972 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
4973 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
4974 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
4975 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
4976 );
4977
4978 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
4979 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
4980 return I->getOpcode() == SIToFP;
4981 }
4982 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
4983 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
4984 }
4985};
4986
4987//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4988// FPToUIInst Class
4989//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4990
4991/// This class represents a cast from floating point to unsigned integer
4992class FPToUIInst : public CastInst {
4993protected:
4994 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
4995 friend class Instruction;
4996
4997 /// Clone an identical FPToUIInst
4998 FPToUIInst *cloneImpl() const;
4999
5000public:
5001 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
5002 FPToUIInst(
5003 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
5004 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
5005 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
5006 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
5007 );
5008
5009 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
5010 FPToUIInst(
5011 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
5012 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
5013 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
5014 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< Where to insert the new instruction
5015 );
5016
5017 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
5018 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
5019 return I->getOpcode() == FPToUI;
5020 }
5021 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
5022 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
5023 }
5024};
5025
5026//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5027// FPToSIInst Class
5028//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5029
5030/// This class represents a cast from floating point to signed integer.
5031class FPToSIInst : public CastInst {
5032protected:
5033 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
5034 friend class Instruction;
5035
5036 /// Clone an identical FPToSIInst
5037 FPToSIInst *cloneImpl() const;
5038
5039public:
5040 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
5041 FPToSIInst(
5042 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
5043 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
5044 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
5045 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
5046 );
5047
5048 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
5049 FPToSIInst(
5050 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
5051 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
5052 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
5053 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
5054 );
5055
5056 /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
5057 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
5058 return I->getOpcode() == FPToSI;
5059 }
5060 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
5061 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
5062 }
5063};
5064
5065//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5066// IntToPtrInst Class
5067//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5068
5069/// This class represents a cast from an integer to a pointer.
5070class IntToPtrInst : public CastInst {
5071public:
5072 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
5073 friend class Instruction;
5074
5075 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
5076 IntToPtrInst(
5077 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
5078 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
5079 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
5080 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
5081 );
5082
5083 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
5084 IntToPtrInst(
5085 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
5086 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
5087 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
5088 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
5089 );
5090
5091 /// Clone an identical IntToPtrInst.
5092 IntToPtrInst *cloneImpl() const;
5093
5094 /// Returns the address space of this instruction's pointer type.
5095 unsigned getAddressSpace() const {
5096 return getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
5097 }
5098
5099 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
5100 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
5101 return I->getOpcode() == IntToPtr;
5102 }
5103 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
5104 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
5105 }
5106};
5107
5108//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5109// PtrToIntInst Class
5110//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5111
5112/// This class represents a cast from a pointer to an integer.
5113class PtrToIntInst : public CastInst {
5114protected:
5115 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
5116 friend class Instruction;
5117
5118 /// Clone an identical PtrToIntInst.
5119 PtrToIntInst *cloneImpl() const;
5120
5121public:
5122 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
5123 PtrToIntInst(
5124 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
5125 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
5126 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
5127 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
5128 );
5129
5130 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
5131 PtrToIntInst(
5132 Value *S, ///< The value to be converted
5133 Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to
5134 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
5135 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
5136 );
5137
5138 /// Gets the pointer operand.
5139 Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); }
5140 /// Gets the pointer operand.
5141 const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); }
5142 /// Gets the operand index of the pointer operand.
5143 static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; }
5144
5145 /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
5146 unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
5147 return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
5148 }
5149
5150 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
5151 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
5152 return I->getOpcode() == PtrToInt;
5153 }
5154 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
5155 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
5156 }
5157};
5158
5159//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5160// BitCastInst Class
5161//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5162
5163/// This class represents a no-op cast from one type to another.
5164class BitCastInst : public CastInst {
5165protected:
5166 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
5167 friend class Instruction;
5168
5169 /// Clone an identical BitCastInst.
5170 BitCastInst *cloneImpl() const;
5171
5172public:
5173 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
5174 BitCastInst(
5175 Value *S, ///< The value to be casted
5176 Type *Ty, ///< The type to casted to
5177 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
5178 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
5179 );
5180
5181 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
5182 BitCastInst(
5183 Value *S, ///< The value to be casted
5184 Type *Ty, ///< The type to casted to
5185 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
5186 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
5187 );
5188
5189 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
5190 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
5191 return I->getOpcode() == BitCast;
5192 }
5193 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
5194 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
5195 }
5196};
5197
5198//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5199// AddrSpaceCastInst Class
5200//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5201
5202/// This class represents a conversion between pointers from one address space
5203/// to another.
5204class AddrSpaceCastInst : public CastInst {
5205protected:
5206 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
5207 friend class Instruction;
5208
5209 /// Clone an identical AddrSpaceCastInst.
5210 AddrSpaceCastInst *cloneImpl() const;
5211
5212public:
5213 /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
5214 AddrSpaceCastInst(
5215 Value *S, ///< The value to be casted
5216 Type *Ty, ///< The type to casted to
5217 const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction
5218 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction
5219 );
5220
5221 /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
5222 AddrSpaceCastInst(
5223 Value *S, ///< The value to be casted
5224 Type *Ty, ///< The type to casted to
5225 const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction
5226 BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into
5227 );
5228
5229 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
5230 static bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
5231 return I->getOpcode() == AddrSpaceCast;
5232 }
5233 static bool classof(const Value *V) {
5234 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
5235 }
5236
5237 /// Gets the pointer operand.
5238 Value *getPointerOperand() {
5239 return getOperand(0);
5240 }
5241
5242 /// Gets the pointer operand.
5243 const Value *getPointerOperand() const {
5244 return getOperand(0);
5245 }
5246
5247 /// Gets the operand index of the pointer operand.
5248 static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() {
5249 return 0U;
5250 }
5251
5252 /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
5253 unsigned getSrcAddressSpace() const {
5254 return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
5255 }
5256
5257 /// Returns the address space of the result.
5258 unsigned getDestAddressSpace() const {
5259 return getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
5260 }
5261};
5262
5263/// A helper function that returns the pointer operand of a load or store
5264/// instruction. Returns nullptr if not load or store.
5265inline const Value *getLoadStorePointerOperand(const Value *V) {
5266 if (auto *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V))
5267 return Load->getPointerOperand();
5268 if (auto *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(V))
5269 return Store->getPointerOperand();
5270 return nullptr;
5271}
5272inline Value *getLoadStorePointerOperand(Value *V) {
5273 return const_cast<Value *>(
5274 getLoadStorePointerOperand(static_cast<const Value *>(V)));
5275}
5276
5277/// A helper function that returns the pointer operand of a load, store
5278/// or GEP instruction. Returns nullptr if not load, store, or GEP.
5279inline const Value *getPointerOperand(const Value *V) {
5280 if (auto *Ptr = getLoadStorePointerOperand(V))
5281 return Ptr;
5282 if (auto *Gep = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(V))
5283 return Gep->getPointerOperand();
5284 return nullptr;
5285}
5286inline Value *getPointerOperand(Value *V) {
5287 return const_cast<Value *>(getPointerOperand(static_cast<const Value *>(V)));
5288}
5289
5290/// A helper function that returns the alignment of load or store instruction.
5291inline Align getLoadStoreAlignment(Value *I) {
5292 assert((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) &&((void)0)
5293 "Expected Load or Store instruction")((void)0);
5294 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
5295 return LI->getAlign();
5296 return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getAlign();
5297}
5298
5299/// A helper function that returns the address space of the pointer operand of
5300/// load or store instruction.
5301inline unsigned getLoadStoreAddressSpace(Value *I) {
5302 assert((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) &&((void)0)
5303 "Expected Load or Store instruction")((void)0);
5304 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
5305 return LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
5306 return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerAddressSpace();
5307}
5308
5309/// A helper function that returns the type of a load or store instruction.
5310inline Type *getLoadStoreType(Value *I) {
5311 assert((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) &&((void)0)
5312 "Expected Load or Store instruction")((void)0);
5313 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
5314 return LI->getType();
5315 return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getValueOperand()->getType();
5316}
5317
5318//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5319// FreezeInst Class
5320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5321
5322/// This class represents a freeze function that returns random concrete
5323/// value if an operand is either a poison value or an undef value
5324class FreezeInst : public UnaryInstruction {
5325protected:
5326 // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl.
5327 friend class Instruction;
5328
5329 /// Clone an identical FreezeInst
5330 FreezeInst *cloneImpl() const;
5331
5332public:
5333 explicit FreezeInst(Value *S,
5334 const Twine &NameStr = "",
5335 Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr);
5336 FreezeInst(Value *S, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
5337
5338 // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
5339 static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
5340 return I->getOpcode() == Freeze;
5341 }
5342 static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
5343 return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V));
5344 }
5345};
5346
5347} // end namespace llvm
5348
5349#endif // LLVM_IR_INSTRUCTIONS_H

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libLLVM/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/Analysis/ValueLattice.h

1//===- ValueLattice.h - Value constraint analysis ---------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8
9#ifndef LLVM_ANALYSIS_VALUELATTICE_H
10#define LLVM_ANALYSIS_VALUELATTICE_H
11
12#include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
13#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
14#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
15//
16//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
17// ValueLatticeElement
18//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
19
20namespace llvm {
21
22/// This class represents lattice values for constants.
23///
24/// FIXME: This is basically just for bringup, this can be made a lot more rich
25/// in the future.
26///
27class ValueLatticeElement {
28 enum ValueLatticeElementTy {
29 /// This Value has no known value yet. As a result, this implies the
30 /// producing instruction is dead. Caution: We use this as the starting
31 /// state in our local meet rules. In this usage, it's taken to mean
32 /// "nothing known yet".
33 /// Transition to any other state allowed.
34 unknown,
35
36 /// This Value is an UndefValue constant or produces undef. Undefined values
37 /// can be merged with constants (or single element constant ranges),
38 /// assuming all uses of the result will be replaced.
39 /// Transition allowed to the following states:
40 /// constant
41 /// constantrange_including_undef
42 /// overdefined
43 undef,
44
45 /// This Value has a specific constant value. The constant cannot be undef.
46 /// (For constant integers, constantrange is used instead. Integer typed
47 /// constantexprs can appear as constant.) Note that the constant state
48 /// can be reached by merging undef & constant states.
49 /// Transition allowed to the following states:
50 /// overdefined
51 constant,
52
53 /// This Value is known to not have the specified value. (For constant
54 /// integers, constantrange is used instead. As above, integer typed
55 /// constantexprs can appear here.)
56 /// Transition allowed to the following states:
57 /// overdefined
58 notconstant,
59
60 /// The Value falls within this range. (Used only for integer typed values.)
61 /// Transition allowed to the following states:
62 /// constantrange (new range must be a superset of the existing range)
63 /// constantrange_including_undef
64 /// overdefined
65 constantrange,
66
67 /// This Value falls within this range, but also may be undef.
68 /// Merging it with other constant ranges results in
69 /// constantrange_including_undef.
70 /// Transition allowed to the following states:
71 /// overdefined
72 constantrange_including_undef,
73
74 /// We can not precisely model the dynamic values this value might take.
75 /// No transitions are allowed after reaching overdefined.
76 overdefined,
77 };
78
79 ValueLatticeElementTy Tag : 8;
80 /// Number of times a constant range has been extended with widening enabled.
81 unsigned NumRangeExtensions : 8;
82
83 /// The union either stores a pointer to a constant or a constant range,
84 /// associated to the lattice element. We have to ensure that Range is
85 /// initialized or destroyed when changing state to or from constantrange.
86 union {
87 Constant *ConstVal;
88 ConstantRange Range;
89 };
90
91 /// Destroy contents of lattice value, without destructing the object.
92 void destroy() {
93 switch (Tag) {
94 case overdefined:
95 case unknown:
96 case undef:
97 case constant:
98 case notconstant:
99 break;
100 case constantrange_including_undef:
101 case constantrange:
102 Range.~ConstantRange();
103 break;
104 };
105 }
106
107public:
108 /// Struct to control some aspects related to merging constant ranges.
109 struct MergeOptions {
110 /// The merge value may include undef.
111 bool MayIncludeUndef;
112
113 /// Handle repeatedly extending a range by going to overdefined after a
114 /// number of steps.
115 bool CheckWiden;
116
117 /// The number of allowed widening steps (including setting the range
118 /// initially).
119 unsigned MaxWidenSteps;
120
121 MergeOptions() : MergeOptions(false, false) {}
122
123 MergeOptions(bool MayIncludeUndef, bool CheckWiden,
124 unsigned MaxWidenSteps = 1)
125 : MayIncludeUndef(MayIncludeUndef), CheckWiden(CheckWiden),
126 MaxWidenSteps(MaxWidenSteps) {}
127
128 MergeOptions &setMayIncludeUndef(bool V = true) {
129 MayIncludeUndef = V;
130 return *this;
131 }
132
133 MergeOptions &setCheckWiden(bool V = true) {
134 CheckWiden = V;
135 return *this;
136 }
137
138 MergeOptions &setMaxWidenSteps(unsigned Steps = 1) {
139 CheckWiden = true;
140 MaxWidenSteps = Steps;
141 return *this;
142 }
143 };
144
145 // ConstVal and Range are initialized on-demand.
146 ValueLatticeElement() : Tag(unknown), NumRangeExtensions(0) {}
147
148 ~ValueLatticeElement() { destroy(); }
149
150 ValueLatticeElement(const ValueLatticeElement &Other)
151 : Tag(Other.Tag), NumRangeExtensions(0) {
152 switch (Other.Tag) {
153 case constantrange:
154 case constantrange_including_undef:
155 new (&Range) ConstantRange(Other.Range);
156 NumRangeExtensions = Other.NumRangeExtensions;
157 break;
158 case constant:
159 case notconstant:
160 ConstVal = Other.ConstVal;
161 break;
162 case overdefined:
163 case unknown:
164 case undef:
165 break;
166 }
167 }
168
169 ValueLatticeElement(ValueLatticeElement &&Other)
170 : Tag(Other.Tag), NumRangeExtensions(0) {
171 switch (Other.Tag) {
172 case constantrange:
173 case constantrange_including_undef:
174 new (&Range) ConstantRange(std::move(Other.Range));
175 NumRangeExtensions = Other.NumRangeExtensions;
176 break;
177 case constant:
178 case notconstant:
179 ConstVal = Other.ConstVal;
180 break;
181 case overdefined:
182 case unknown:
183 case undef:
184 break;
185 }
186 Other.Tag = unknown;
187 }
188
189 ValueLatticeElement &operator=(const ValueLatticeElement &Other) {
190 destroy();
191 new (this) ValueLatticeElement(Other);
192 return *this;
193 }
194
195 ValueLatticeElement &operator=(ValueLatticeElement &&Other) {
196 destroy();
197 new (this) ValueLatticeElement(std::move(Other));
198 return *this;
199 }
200
201 static ValueLatticeElement get(Constant *C) {
202 ValueLatticeElement Res;
203 if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
204 Res.markUndef();
205 else
206 Res.markConstant(C);
207 return Res;
208 }
209 static ValueLatticeElement getNot(Constant *C) {
210 ValueLatticeElement Res;
211 assert(!isa<UndefValue>(C) && "!= undef is not supported")((void)0);
212 Res.markNotConstant(C);
213 return Res;
214 }
215 static ValueLatticeElement getRange(ConstantRange CR,
216 bool MayIncludeUndef = false) {
217 if (CR.isFullSet())
218 return getOverdefined();
219
220 if (CR.isEmptySet()) {
221 ValueLatticeElement Res;
222 if (MayIncludeUndef)
223 Res.markUndef();
224 return Res;
225 }
226
227 ValueLatticeElement Res;
228 Res.markConstantRange(std::move(CR),
229 MergeOptions().setMayIncludeUndef(MayIncludeUndef));
230 return Res;
231 }
232 static ValueLatticeElement getOverdefined() {
233 ValueLatticeElement Res;
234 Res.markOverdefined();
235 return Res;
236 }
237
238 bool isUndef() const { return Tag == undef; }
239 bool isUnknown() const { return Tag == unknown; }
240 bool isUnknownOrUndef() const { return Tag == unknown || Tag == undef; }
241 bool isConstant() const { return Tag == constant; }
242 bool isNotConstant() const { return Tag == notconstant; }
243 bool isConstantRangeIncludingUndef() const {
244 return Tag == constantrange_including_undef;
245 }
246 /// Returns true if this value is a constant range. Use \p UndefAllowed to
247 /// exclude non-singleton constant ranges that may also be undef. Note that
248 /// this function also returns true if the range may include undef, but only
249 /// contains a single element. In that case, it can be replaced by a constant.
250 bool isConstantRange(bool UndefAllowed = true) const {
251 return Tag == constantrange || (Tag == constantrange_including_undef &&
252 (UndefAllowed || Range.isSingleElement()));
253 }
254 bool isOverdefined() const { return Tag == overdefined; }
49
Assuming field 'Tag' is equal to overdefined
50
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later
255
256 Constant *getConstant() const {
257 assert(isConstant() && "Cannot get the constant of a non-constant!")((void)0);
258 return ConstVal;
259 }
260
261 Constant *getNotConstant() const {
262 assert(isNotConstant() && "Cannot get the constant of a non-notconstant!")((void)0);
263 return ConstVal;
264 }
265
266 /// Returns the constant range for this value. Use \p UndefAllowed to exclude
267 /// non-singleton constant ranges that may also be undef. Note that this
268 /// function also returns a range if the range may include undef, but only
269 /// contains a single element. In that case, it can be replaced by a constant.
270 const ConstantRange &getConstantRange(bool UndefAllowed = true) const {
271 assert(isConstantRange(UndefAllowed) &&((void)0)
272 "Cannot get the constant-range of a non-constant-range!")((void)0);
273 return Range;
274 }
275
276 Optional<APInt> asConstantInteger() const {
277 if (isConstant() && isa<ConstantInt>(getConstant())) {
278 return cast<ConstantInt>(getConstant())->getValue();
279 } else if (isConstantRange() && getConstantRange().isSingleElement()) {
280 return *getConstantRange().getSingleElement();
281 }
282 return None;
283 }
284
285 bool markOverdefined() {
286 if (isOverdefined())
287 return false;
288 destroy();
289 Tag = overdefined;
290 return true;
291 }
292
293 bool markUndef() {
294 if (isUndef())
295 return false;
296
297 assert(isUnknown())((void)0);
298 Tag = undef;
299 return true;
300 }
301
302 bool markConstant(Constant *V, bool MayIncludeUndef = false) {
303 if (isa<UndefValue>(V))
304 return markUndef();
305
306 if (isConstant()) {
307 assert(getConstant() == V && "Marking constant with different value")((void)0);
308 return false;
309 }
310
311 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
312 return markConstantRange(
313 ConstantRange(CI->getValue()),
314 MergeOptions().setMayIncludeUndef(MayIncludeUndef));
315
316 assert(isUnknown() || isUndef())((void)0);
317 Tag = constant;
318 ConstVal = V;
319 return true;
320 }
321
322 bool markNotConstant(Constant *V) {
323 assert(V && "Marking constant with NULL")((void)0);
324 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
325 return markConstantRange(
326 ConstantRange(CI->getValue() + 1, CI->getValue()));
327
328 if (isa<UndefValue>(V))
329 return false;
330
331 if (isNotConstant()) {
332 assert(getNotConstant() == V && "Marking !constant with different value")((void)0);
333 return false;
334 }
335
336 assert(isUnknown())((void)0);
337 Tag = notconstant;
338 ConstVal = V;
339 return true;
340 }
341
342 /// Mark the object as constant range with \p NewR. If the object is already a
343 /// constant range, nothing changes if the existing range is equal to \p
344 /// NewR and the tag. Otherwise \p NewR must be a superset of the existing
345 /// range or the object must be undef. The tag is set to
346 /// constant_range_including_undef if either the existing value or the new
347 /// range may include undef.
348 bool markConstantRange(ConstantRange NewR,
349 MergeOptions Opts = MergeOptions()) {
350 assert(!NewR.isEmptySet() && "should only be called for non-empty sets")((void)0);
351
352 if (NewR.isFullSet())
353 return markOverdefined();
354
355 ValueLatticeElementTy OldTag = Tag;
356 ValueLatticeElementTy NewTag =
357 (isUndef() || isConstantRangeIncludingUndef() || Opts.MayIncludeUndef)
358 ? constantrange_including_undef
359 : constantrange;
360 if (isConstantRange()) {
361 Tag = NewTag;
362 if (getConstantRange() == NewR)
363 return Tag != OldTag;
364
365 // Simple form of widening. If a range is extended multiple times, go to
366 // overdefined.
367 if (Opts.CheckWiden && ++NumRangeExtensions > Opts.MaxWidenSteps)
368 return markOverdefined();
369
370 assert(NewR.contains(getConstantRange()) &&((void)0)
371 "Existing range must be a subset of NewR")((void)0);
372 Range = std::move(NewR);
373 return true;
374 }
375
376 assert(isUnknown() || isUndef())((void)0);
377
378 NumRangeExtensions = 0;
379 Tag = NewTag;
380 new (&Range) ConstantRange(std::move(NewR));
381 return true;
382 }
383
384 /// Updates this object to approximate both this object and RHS. Returns
385 /// true if this object has been changed.
386 bool mergeIn(const ValueLatticeElement &RHS,
387 MergeOptions Opts = MergeOptions()) {
388 if (RHS.isUnknown() || isOverdefined())
389 return false;
390 if (RHS.isOverdefined()) {
391 markOverdefined();
392 return true;
393 }
394
395 if (isUndef()) {
396 assert(!RHS.isUnknown())((void)0);
397 if (RHS.isUndef())
398 return false;
399 if (RHS.isConstant())
400 return markConstant(RHS.getConstant(), true);
401 if (RHS.isConstantRange())
402 return markConstantRange(RHS.getConstantRange(true),
403 Opts.setMayIncludeUndef());
404 return markOverdefined();
405 }
406
407 if (isUnknown()) {
408 assert(!RHS.isUnknown() && "Unknow RHS should be handled earlier")((void)0);
409 *this = RHS;
410 return true;
411 }
412
413 if (isConstant()) {
414 if (RHS.isConstant() && getConstant() == RHS.getConstant())
415 return false;
416 if (RHS.isUndef())
417 return false;
418 markOverdefined();
419 return true;
420 }
421
422 if (isNotConstant()) {
423 if (RHS.isNotConstant() && getNotConstant() == RHS.getNotConstant())
424 return false;
425 markOverdefined();
426 return true;
427 }
428
429 auto OldTag = Tag;
430 assert(isConstantRange() && "New ValueLattice type?")((void)0);
431 if (RHS.isUndef()) {
432 Tag = constantrange_including_undef;
433 return OldTag != Tag;
434 }
435
436 if (!RHS.isConstantRange()) {
437 // We can get here if we've encountered a constantexpr of integer type
438 // and merge it with a constantrange.
439 markOverdefined();
440 return true;
441 }
442
443 ConstantRange NewR = getConstantRange().unionWith(RHS.getConstantRange());
444 return markConstantRange(
445 std::move(NewR),
446 Opts.setMayIncludeUndef(RHS.isConstantRangeIncludingUndef()));
447 }
448
449 // Compares this symbolic value with Other using Pred and returns either
450 /// true, false or undef constants, or nullptr if the comparison cannot be
451 /// evaluated.
452 Constant *getCompare(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, Type *Ty,
453 const ValueLatticeElement &Other) const {
454 if (isUnknownOrUndef() || Other.isUnknownOrUndef())
455 return UndefValue::get(Ty);
456
457 if (isConstant() && Other.isConstant())
458 return ConstantExpr::getCompare(Pred, getConstant(), Other.getConstant());
459
460 if (ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred)) {
461 // not(C) != C => true, not(C) == C => false.
462 if ((isNotConstant() && Other.isConstant() &&
463 getNotConstant() == Other.getConstant()) ||
464 (isConstant() && Other.isNotConstant() &&
465 getConstant() == Other.getNotConstant()))
466 return Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
467 ? ConstantInt::getTrue(Ty) : ConstantInt::getFalse(Ty);
468 }
469
470 // Integer constants are represented as ConstantRanges with single
471 // elements.
472 if (!isConstantRange() || !Other.isConstantRange())
473 return nullptr;
474
475 const auto &CR = getConstantRange();
476 const auto &OtherCR = Other.getConstantRange();
477 if (CR.icmp(Pred, OtherCR))
478 return ConstantInt::getTrue(Ty);
479 if (CR.icmp(CmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred), OtherCR))
480 return ConstantInt::getFalse(Ty);
481
482 return nullptr;
483 }
484
485 unsigned getNumRangeExtensions() const { return NumRangeExtensions; }
486 void setNumRangeExtensions(unsigned N) { NumRangeExtensions = N; }
487};
488
489static_assert(sizeof(ValueLatticeElement) <= 40,
490 "size of ValueLatticeElement changed unexpectedly");
491
492raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ValueLatticeElement &Val);
493} // end namespace llvm
494#endif